Westpac 1H18 Presentation and Investor Discussion Pack
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
2018
Interim
Results
For the six months ended 31 March 2018
Presentation and
Investor Discussion Pack
Westpac Banking Corporation | ABN 33 007 457 141
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac 2018 Interim Results index
2018 Interim Result Presentation
3
Investor Discussion Pack of 2018 Interim Result
28
Strategy
29
Overview
Performance discipline
Service leadership
Workforce revolution
Digital transformation
Sustainable futures
35
38
40
42
43
50
Earnings drivers
Revenue
Expenses
Impairment charges
53
54
59
61
Credit quality
62
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
84
Divisional results
Consumer Bank
Business Bank
BT Financial Group
Westpac Institutional Bank
Westpac New Zealand
95
96
99
102
106
109
Economics
115
Appendix and Disclaimer
130
Contact us
138
Disclaimer
139
Image on front
The Westpac Rescue Helicopter
Service in action
Image on right
Westpac head office, 275 Kent Street,
Sydney
Westpac Banking Corporation | ABN 33 007 457 141
Brian Hartzer
Chief Executive Officer
Financial results based on cash earnings unless otherwise stated
Refer page 36 for definition. Results principally cover the 1H18, 2H17 and 1H17 periods
Comparison of 1H18 versus 2H17 (unless otherwise stated)
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Consistency delivers
•Cash earnings up 5% on 2H17 and 6% on 1H17
•Operating divisions performing well – all increased core earnings
•Maintained discipline – prioritised return over growth
•Increasing traction on efficiency
•Continuing to build long-term franchise value
•Well positioned for the changing landscape
•Remain positive on the economic outlook
4
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Headline results
1 Cash EPS is cash earnings divided by the weighted average ordinary shares. 2 Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio on an APRA Basel III basis. 3 Return on equity is cash earnings divided by average ordinary
equity. 4 Cash earnings basis. 5 Cents per share.
5
1H18
Change
1H18 – 2H17
Change
1H18 – 1H17
Reported net profit after tax $4,198m 3% 7%
Cash earnings $4,251m 5% 6%
Cash EPS
1
125.0c 4% 4%
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio
2
10.5% (6bps) 53bps
Return on equity (ROE)
3
14.0% 37bps 1bp
Net tangible assets per share $15.00 2% 5%
Margin (excl. Treasury & Markets)
4
2.05% 3bps 9bps
Expense to income ratio
4
41.7% (91bps) (9bps)
Impairment charge to average loans 11bps - (4bps)
Interim dividend
5
(fully franked) 94c - -
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Data for 1H18 or at 31 March 2018 unless otherwise stated. 1 FY17 for detail see Westpac Group 2017 Sustainability Performance Report page 84. 2 Australia data only. 3 Excludes institutional lending.
Delivering for all stakeholders
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
6
14.0m
Customers
Customers
Employees
39,574
Employees
Community
$164m
2017 Community
contribution
1
Environment
$8.5bn
Committed exposure
to climate change
and environmental
solutions
Economy
$1.9bn
Income tax
in 1H18
Supporting customers’
financial goals
2
•[text to come]
•[text to come]
Being there when it
matters most to customers
•126,000 new home loans
•$11bn in new lending to
businesses
3
•Paid $200m in Life insurance
claims
•Paid $125m in General
insurance claims
•Helped 19,473 customers with
financial assistance packages
•65 relief packages for customers
impacted by natural disasters
•Further roll out of dementia-
friendly banking
•Westpac SmartPlan launched –
online tool to help manage credit
card balances
Global banking leader in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index in 2017, the fourth year in a row
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Core earnings up across operating divisions
7
Division
1H18-2H17
(% earnings change)
Comments 1H18 – 2H17
Cash Core
Consumer Bank 6 3
•Disciplined growth, improved margins, flat costs, lower
impairments
Business Bank 3 3
•Lending up 2% with growth across SME and commercial
•Improved margins; Impairments little changed
BT Financial
Group
13 13
•Private Wealth, higher insurance premiums and non
repeat of customer refunds and payments
•Partly offset by higher seasonal weather claims
Westpac
Institutional Bank
4 1
•Relatively flat outcome across key earnings line items
•Higher impairment benefit led to lift in cash earnings
New Zealand
(NZ$)
(5) 3
•Sound growth across mortgages and business, strong
deposit growth, margins higher, costs lower
•Impairments moved from a benefit to a small charge
contributing to the decline in cash earnings
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Balance sheet remains strong
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Liquidity ratios
1
(%)
Australian mortgage delinquencies (%)
Common equity Tier 1 (ratio % and $bn)
Stressed exposures to total committed exposure (%)
8
3.20
2.48
2.17
1.60
1.24
0.99
1.20
1.14
1.05
1.09
Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16
Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18
25
28
30
34
39
40
43
44
8.2
9.1
9.0
9.5
9.5
10.0
10.6
10.5
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16
Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18
$bnRatio (%)
125
124
134
108
109
112
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
LCRNSFR
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
90+ day past due total
90+ day past due investor
0.69
0.53
At Mar 18
1 LCR is Liquidity coverage ratio, NSFR is Net stable funding ratio.
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Managing growth and return
1 Margins excluding Treasury & Markets.
9
A more granular operating structure
1
Group
6
Divisions
27
Business
units
14%
ROE at the upper end of
13-14% range the Group is
seeking to achieve
0.9x
Australian system
mortgage growth
3bps
Margins
1
up from higher
deposit and loan spreads
$6bn
Additional capital
allocated to divisions
$186m
Capital released from BTFG
subsidiaries restructure
Enhanced discipline
and accountability
1H18 outcomes
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Increasing traction on efficiency
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
10
•Targeting a sub 40% cost to
income ratio
•Making progress on medium
term structural productivity
gains
Halved products for sale in
Consumer Bank to 60
Panorama installed –
migration to commence in
2019
Customer service hub –
Westpac mortgages go live
by end of year
1H15 –
1H18
1
1H18
Simplify operating models 389 69
Network efficiency/digitisation 251 30
Infrastructure, contracts and other 254 32
Total 894 131
Sources of productivity ($m)
1 Oct 14 – Mar 18.
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Employee engagement (Index)
69 79 10ppts
Reinventure commitment ($m)
50 100 2x
Women in Leadership
2
(%)
46 50 4ppts
Expense to income ratio (%)
41.6 41.7 13bps
Productivity savings ($m)
116 131 13%
Customers with e-statements (%)
28 45 17ppts
Customer numbers (#m)
13.2 14.0 +800k
Customer deposits ($bn)
442 502 14%
Digital sales
1
(% of total sales)
22 29 7ppts
CET1 capital ($bn)
38 44 16%
Impaired assets ($bn)
2.49 1.54 (40%)
NTA per share ($)
13.74 15.00 9%
Building long term franchise value
1 Digital sales is Consumer Bank only. Sales included if a deposit is completed or an account is activated. 2 Refer to slide 136 for metric definition.
Customer No.s
& relationship
depth
Drive efficiency
via digital
Highly engaged,
innovative culture
Strong
Balance sheet
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
11
1H16 1H18 Change
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Positioning for changing landscape
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
12
•Reinventure
•AI, robotic process
automation
•Open data & CCR
1
•New payments channels
•Customer insights
•Customer service hub
•Big data platform
•Panorama
•Hybrid cloud
•API platform
•Cyber and other upgrades
Upgrading
infrastructure
Harnessing
data
Innovating
for customers
•Presto Smart
2
•BT Super Invest
2
•Institutional loan portal
•Customer insight reporting
Culture &
Compliance
•Remuneration & “Motivate”
•BEAR – enhanced accountability
•Training & accreditation
•New banking code of practice
•Get it right – Put it right initiative
•Product reviews
•Flexible & agile working
1 Comprehensive credit reporting. 2 Presto Smart is a new system for linking merchant terminal with point of sale systems. BT Super Invest a new flexible superannuation product that gives customers choice in how
their funds are invested.
Westpac Banking Corporation | ABN 33 007 457 141
Peter King
Chief Financial Officer
Financial results based on cash earnings unless otherwise stated
Refer page 36 for definition. Results principally cover the 1H18, 2H17 and 1H17 periods
Comparison of 1H18 versus 2H17 (unless otherwise stated)
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Results at a glance
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 CVA is credit valuation adjustment.
4,045
4,251
169
278
(91)
(50)
(33)
(67)
2H17
Customer refunds/
payments (non repeat)
Bank Levy
All other income
Expenses
Impairment
charges
Tax & non-controlling
interests
1H18
Revenue up 3%
2H16 1H17 2H17 1H18
Asset sales (4) 4 - (7)
Performance fees/
fund manager revaluations
22 - (3) -
Group CVA
1
3 15 20 (1)
Provision for customer
refunds/payments
- - (118) -
Total cash earnings
impact
21 19 (101) (8)
Bank Levy - (pre tax)
- (post tax)
-
-
-
-
(95)
(66)
(186)
(130)
14
Infrequent/volatile items ($m after tax) Cash earnings movements ($m)
Up 5%
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Australian mortgage growth 2%
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 I/O is interest only mortgage lending. P&I is principal and interest mortgage lending.
50
46
40
45
49
56
5
5
4
1H172H171H18
Line of credit
P&I¹
I/O¹
3,004
3,447
3,911
3,623
4,261
7,913
4,717
4,045
3Q174Q171Q182Q18
Reached end of I/O periodCustomer initiated
1H17 2H17 1H18
New lending 37.0 40.4 38.4
Run-off (27.3) (27.2) (28.3)
Net flows 9.7 13.2 10.1
Mortgage offset accounts
(balance growth hoh)
4%
4% 3%
Mortgage portfolio ($bn)
Switching from I/O to P&I
($m)
15
414 427 437
3% 2%
Australian mortgage portfolio growth ($bn)
and mix (%)
Portfolio $bn
Mix of portfolio (%)
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Margins ex Treasury & Markets up 3bps
Net interest margin movement (% and bps)
16
3 month interest rates
2
(%) Term deposit portfolio costs over benchmark
1
(%)
1 Benchmark is based on market rates with terms consistent with the duration of the term deposits. 2 Source: Bloomberg.
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
NIM excl. Treasury & Markets
Treasury & Markets impact on NIM
1.96
2.02
2.05
0.11
0.08
4bps
0.12
2.07
2.10
2bps
1bp
1bp (2bps)
0bp
1bp
2.17
1H172H17LoansCustomer
deposits
Term w'sale
funding
Bank LevyCapital &
other
LiquidityTreasury &
Markets
1H18
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
Sep-12
Mar-13
Sep-13
Mar-14
Sep-14
Mar-15
Sep-15
Mar-16
Sep-16
Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.3
2.5
Sep-17
Oct-17
Nov-17Dec-17
Jan-18
Feb-18
Mar-18
Apr-18
USD LIBOR
BBSW
Up 3bps
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Non-interest income
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Non-interest income ($m)
17
1,426
1,329
1,348
886
924
929
756
531
573
3,068
2,784
2,850
1H172H171H181H172H171H181H172H171H181H172H171H18
Total
Up 2%
Up 1%
Fees &
Commission
Wealth and
Insurance
Trading
and Other
Total
Up 1%
Up 8%
1H18 - 2H17 drivers
Non-repeat of customer refunds/
payments and fund revaluations
Non-repeat of customer
refunds/payments
Lower ATM, transaction
and cards interchange fees
Markets income and
NZ hedge impact
Credit Valuation
Adjustment
Higher general insurance
claims, lower performance fees
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Expenses well managed
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
4,604
4,654
125
34
22
(131)
2H17
Ongoing
expenses
Productivity
Regulatory/
compliance
Royal
Commission
Investment
1H18
Up 1%
–
$m %
Consumer Bank
3 flat
Business Bank
9 1%
BT Financial Group
(9) (1%)
Westpac Institutional Bank
(5) (1%)
New Zealand (in NZ$)
(7) (1%)
Group Businesses
(includes Royal Commission costs)
65 large
18
Divisional expense growth 1H18 – 2H17 Movement in expenses ($m)
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Asset quality sound
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 TCE is total committed exposure.
0.67
0.62
0.58
0.44
0.27
0.20
0.22
0.20
0.15 0.15
0.46
0.41
0.35
0.31
0.26
0.25
0.33
0.35
0.34
0.37
2.07
1.45
1.24
0.85
0.71
0.54
0.65
0.59
0.56
0.57
3.20
2.48
2.17
1.60
1.24
0.99
1.20
1.14
1.05
1.09
Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16
Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18
Watchlist & substandard
90+ day past due and not impaired
Impaired
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
Agriculture, forestry &
fishing
Wholesale &
retail trade
Property
Transport & storage
Services
Manufacturing
Construction
Property services &
business services
Accommodation, cafes
& restaurants
Other
Mining
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
3 large names
downgraded to
stressed risk grades
19
Corporate/business stressed exposure by sector ($bn) Stressed assets as a % of TCE
1
2 large names
moved to watchlist
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Australian mortgages performing well
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Australian mortgage portfolio (year of origination)
Australian mortgage portfolio delinquencies (%)
Property in possession (number)
1 Including offset balances, excludes RAMS in 1H17 and 2H17. 2 Based on current loan application to gross income.
20
(% of total book)
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
90+ day past due total90+ day past due investor
30+ day past due total
253
262
382
437
398
Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Australian mortgage portfolio characteristics
5
2
2
3
4
4
4
5
7
10
14
17
18
5
Pre-2006
2006200720082009201020112012201320142015201620172018
2015 saw further tightening
of lending standards
Calendar year
30+ day delinquencies
144bps
90+ day delinquencies
69bps
Customers ahead of repayments
1
68%
Loan to income
2
>6 times
8%
Dynamic LVR (weighted average)
52%
Introduced new
hardship treatment
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Substantial equity backs pre 2015 originations
21
81
72
44
14
21
45
5
7
11
<20112011-20142015+
>80
60-80
<=60
Westpac interest rate floor (%)
6.80
(or buffer of 1.80%)
6.80
(or buffer of 1.80%)
7.25
(or buffer of 2.25%)
Average house price changes
3
At least 39% 21% - 39% 0 – 21%
1 Analysis based on a portfolio of residential mortgages. Some mortgages not included as they were originated on different systems and have some data differences i.e. RAMS, certain business mortgages (including construction) and SMSF loans.
2 Dynamic LVR is the loan-to-value ratio taking into account the current loan balance, changes in security value, offset account balances and other loan adjustments. Property valuation source Australian Property Monitors. 3 Changes in house
prices based on house price indexes (and average not separate valuations) Source: Westpac Economics, CoreLogic. All dwellings Australia - average 8 major capital cities. Prices to March 2018.
Dynamic LVR
bands (%)
Australian mortgage lending
1
by origination date and dynamic LVR
2
(%)
Newer loans written
with tighter standards
and higher interest
rate buffers
% of total portfolio
(Movement Sept 17 to Mar 18)
53
(up 12ppts)
26
(down 7ppts)
21
(down 5ppts)
Older loans benefit from
lower interest rates and
increases in property prices
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Impairment charge low at 11bps
1 Interest carrying adjustment is reported in net interest income and not in the impairment charge.
22
Total ($m) Collectively assessed provisions ($m) Individually assessed provisions ($m)
471
256
364
246
173
(174)
(173)
(228)
(228)
(167)
418
484
443
525
430
(48)
(110)
(86)
(183)
(43)
667
457
493
360
393
1H162H161H172H171H181H162H161H172H171H181H162H161H172H171H181H162H161H172H171H181H162H161H172H171H18
New IAPs
Write-backs
& recoveries
Write-offs
direct
Other movement
in Collective
provisions
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Interest carrying
adjustment ($m)
1
97 96 95 93 89
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Unquestionably strong capital
CET1 capital ratio (% and bps)
23
Accounting provisions and capital ($m) 2H18 developments
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
9.97
10.56
102
10.50
16.13
(70)
(8)
(5)
(22)
(2)
(1)
Mar-17
APRA
Sep-17
APRA
Cash earningsFinal dividend
(net of DRP)
Ordinary
RWA
growth
Other
movements
Regulatory
modelling
changes
FX translation
impact
Defined
benefit impact
Mar-18
APRA
Mar-18
Int. Comp.
Organic +19bps Other -25bps
•$566m in additional capital (14 bps) from conversion of
CPS
1
to 19.2m ordinary shares (April 18)
•Estimated impact of model changes
Operational risk – model overlay approximates
standardised approach, $7.5bn RWA (20bps)
Updates to mortgage PD
2
models, approx $4bn RWA
(10 bps)
471
2,694
4,696
Accounting
provision
Capital impact from
regulatory expected loss
IAP
4
CAP
3
•Applying AASB 9 from
1 October 2018
•Significant $1.5bn
buffer to absorb a rise
in provisions at
implementation
3,165
1 Convertible preference shares. 2 Probability of default. 3 Collectively assessed provisions. 4 Individually assessed provisions.
1,531
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Payout ratio down to 75.3%
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 In 1H18. 2 1H18 assumes DRP participation rate of 10%.
Dividend payout ratio (%)
Dividend considerations Dividends per ordinary share (cents)
24
90
92
93
94 94 94 94 94 94
1H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
•Sustainability of the payout ratio over
the medium term
•CET1 capital ratio = unquestionably strong
benchmark
•Surplus franking credits
•Bank Levy equivalent to 4 cents per share
1
74 74
77
74
80
80
79
79
75
74
65
49
64
72
72
51
71
68
1H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
Payout ratio (cash earnings basis)
Effective payout ratio (after DRP shares issued)
2
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Considerations for 2H18
•Remaining disciplined on growth/return
•Expect system lending growth to further moderate
•Margins: further mortgage switching and higher funding costs
•Hastings exit: small cash earnings impact, will lift revenue and expenses
•Targeting similar productivity savings as 1H18. Excluding Hastings impact,
expected cost growth for FY18 to be in the range of 2-3%
•Capital: $566m of CPS converted to equity, RWA model changes in 4Q18
•Asset quality expected to remain in good shape
25
Westpac Banking Corporation | ABN 33 007 457 141
Brian Hartzer
Chief Executive Officer
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Positive outlook
•Global growth trending higher despite some uncertainties
•Australia/NZ continue to generate low risk growth
Economic fundamentals sound
Opportunity for upside from investment
Orderly slow-down in housing likely to continue
Credit growth expected to moderate
•Scrutiny on sector likely to continue
•Westpac remains well positioned with good momentum on strategy
27
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Investor
Discussion Pack
Financial results based on cash earnings unless otherwise stated
Refer page 36 for definition. Results principally cover the 1H18, 2H17 and 1H17 periods
Comparison of 1H18 versus 2H17 (unless otherwise stated)
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Strategy
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group at a glance: Australia’s First Bank
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 31 Mar 18 Source: S&P Capital IQ, based in US$. 2 Credit Suisse analysis of expense to income ratio of world’s largest banks Apr 18. 3 S&P Global Ratings, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings respectively. S&P
Global Ratings has Westpac on a negative outlook, Moody’s Investor Services and Fitch Ratings have Westpac on a stable outlook. 4. Most sustainable bank globally in the 2017 Dow Jones Sustainability Index . 5 APRA
Banking Statistics, Mar 18 6 RBA Financial Aggregates, Mar 18. 7 RBNZ, Mar 18. 8 Strategic Insights Dec 17, All Master Funds Admin. 9 Cash earnings basis. 10 Based on share price at 29 Mar 18 of $28.62.
30
WBC
listed on
ASX & NZX
Strategy
•In its 201
st
year, Australia’s first bank and first company, opened 1817
•Australia’s 2nd largest bank and 21st largest bank in the world;
ranked by market capitalisation
1
•Well positioned across key markets with a service-led strategy
focused on customers
•Supporting consumers and businesses in Australia and New Zealand
and customers with ties to these markets
•Unique portfolio of brands providing a full range of financial services
including consumer, business and institutional banking, and
wealth administration
•One of the most efficient banks globally
2
•Consistent earnings profile over time
•Capital ratios are in the top quartile globally, with sound asset quality
•Credit ratings
3
AA- / Aa3 / AA-
•Leader in sustainability
4
Institutional
Bank
Westpac
New Zealand
Consumer
Bank
Pacific
Business
Bank
BT Financial
Group
Key statistics at 31 March 2018 Key financial data for First Half 2018
Reported net profit after tax
$4,198m
Cash earnings
$4,251m
Expense to income ratio
9
41.7%
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio (APRA basis) 10.5%
Return on equity
9
14.0%
Total assets
$872bn
Market capitalisation
10
$97bn
Customers
14.0m
Australian household deposit market share
5
23%
Australian mortgage market share
6
23%
Australian business credit market share
6
19%
New Zealand deposit market share
7
19%
New Zealand consumer lending market share
7
19%
Australian wealth platforms market share
8
18%
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Progress on our strategic agenda
1 Refer page 136 for metric definition.
Strategy
Digital
Transformation
Targeted
Growth
Workforce
Revolution
Measures
Progress
1H18- 2H17
Cost growth
2-3% per annum and
expense to income
ratio below 40%
Stronger growth
in wealth and SME
Employee
engagement in top
quartile of high
performing norms,
women in leadership
1
50%
Expenses up 1%
Expense to income
ratio 41.7%
Funds flat
SME lending
up 2%
Women in
Leadership 50%
Employee
engagement
79%
Strategic
Priorities
Our
Vision:
To be one of the world’s great service companies,
helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow
Performance
Discipline
Seeking to achieve
13-14% ROE
(medium-term)
ROE 14.0%
Up 37bps
Service
Leadership
Grow customer base
and deepen
relationships
Customer numbers
up 1.2m since
October 2014
Customers with
a wealth product
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
31
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
What sets Westpac apart
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Strong strategic position – consistent strategy
Sustainability leadership
1 Peer 1 and 2 are on continuing operations basis, Peer 3 excludes restructuring expenses. Peers based on 1H18 results.
•Strong asset quality with
lowest impaired assets of
peers
•Provision cover at upper end
of peers
•Balance sheet weighted to
mortgages
•Capital ratios at top end of
banks globally
•Write-off capitalised
software one third faster
than the peer average
•Only Australian Bank SEC
registered – Sarbanes Oxley
certification
•Australia’s first bank and first company, opened 1817
•First Australian bank to:
Sign Equator Principles 2003
Commit to 2 degree economy 2014
Public support of TCFD recommendations 2017
Foundation member of UNEP FI ‘s Principles for
responsible banking 2018
•Global banking leader in Dow Jones Sustainability Index
since 2002, sector leader 10 times, including 2017
Conservative balance sheet
32
Strategy
•No. 1 or 2 position across key markets – all divisions well
placed
•Unique portfolio of brands, reaching more customers
•Strong strategic position in wealth with a comparative
advantage in platforms
•No material non-core businesses
•Highly experienced executive team
0.35
0.45
0.28
0.22
Peer 1Peer 2Peer 3WBC
29.8
30.0
29.4
30.3
Peer 1Peer 2Peer 3WBC
3.3
4.8
6.5
3.2
Peer 1Peer 2Peer 3WBC
Impaired assets to gross loans
1
(%)
Capitalised software average
amortisation period
1
(years)
Effective tax rate
1
(%)
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Consistent performer over the long term
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Ordinary dividend yield (%)
Cash earnings per share (cents) Cash earnings ($bn)
33
Strategy
113.3
114.5
121.3
124.1
120.7
127.5
118.2
117.3
119.8
119.9
125.0
1H132H131H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
6.3
6.0
5.2
5.7
4.7
6.3
6.2
6.4
5.4
5.9
6.6
8.9
8.5
7.5
8.2
6.8
9.0
8.8
9.1
7.7
8.4
9.4
1H132H131H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
Ordinary yieldIncluding franking
4.7
5.9
6.3
6.6
7.1
7.6
7.8
7.8
8.1
4.3
FY09FY10FY11FY12FY13FY14FY15FY16FY171H18
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Rebuilding trust
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Australian Banking Association.
1.Reviewing product sales and commissions
Sales incentives removed for tellers
Removed product sales targets for personal
bankers
2.Making it easier for customers when things go
wrong
Customer advocate appointed (Nov 16)
Prioritising long-dated complaints
Updated customer remediation policy and
governance
3.Reaffirming support for whistleblowers
Revised whistleblowing policy (Mar 17)
4.Removing individuals from the industry for
poor conduct
Implemented Conduct Background Checking
Protocol
5.Strengthen commitment to customers in the
Banking Code of Practice
Revised Banking Code of Practice submitted
to ASIC for approval in Dec 17
Committed to implementing within 12 months
of approval
6.Supporting ASIC as a strong regulator
New funding model in place
Completed ABA
1
six point plan
34
•Dedicated initiative to identify where we may not
have got it right and where problems are
identified we are committed to fixing them
•Empowering employees to fix issues directly
•Progressing a number of programs to improve
products, policies, procedures and practices for
customers
•Reviewed 320 products, changed over 150
products
Simplified and lowered transaction fees for
1.3m personal transaction accounts
Introduced simplified mortgage package
product
Expanded the BT Approved Product List to
provide wider choice
New, shorter, plain-English loan documents
and strengthened protections under small
business contracts to make them more
favourable for customers
Reduced FX fees for online payments
•Provision of $169m for customer refunds and
payments in 2H17 where prior practices were not
in line with current community standards
Get it Right. Put it Right
•Helping customers manage their finances
Ability to reduce credit card limit online
Enabling alerts via SMS or email 5 days
before monthly credit card repayment is due
Ability to restrict debit transactions on credit
cards
Introduced Westpac SmartPlan, a structured
repayment plan, enabling customers to break
down large items on their credit card into
regular monthly instalments
Westpac Lite a “no frills” credit card
•Helping customers develop savings habits
New accounts - Westpac Bump & Westpac
Life to improve savings habits
•Helping customers in times of need
19,473 customers supported with financial
assistance packages
Dementia-Friendly Banking program in
partnership with Alzheimer’s Australia
Fraud guarantee; monitor fraud and fix it when
retail customers lose money through no fault
of their own (Mar 18)
Committed $1m to establishment of a Debt
Repayment Service to assist customers with
multiple creditors
Delivering for customers
Strategy
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Overview
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Cash earnings and reported net profit reconciliation
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Cash earnings is not a measure of cash flow or net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes non-cash items reflected in net profit determined in accordance with AAS (Australian Accounting
Standards). The specific adjustments outlined include both cash and non-cash items. Cash earnings is reported net profit adjusted for material items to ensure they appropriately reflect profits available to ordinary
shareholders. All adjustments shown are after tax. For further details refer to page 131.
36
Results
Reported net profit and cash
earnings adjustments ($m)
2H17 1H18
Reported net profit 4,083 4,198
Amortisation of intangible assets 64 17
Fair value (gain)/
loss on economic hedges
62 37
Ineffective hedges 20 9
Partial sale of BTIM (171) -
Treasury shares (13) (10)
Cash earnings 4,045 4,251
•Westpac Group uses a measure of performance referred to as cash earnings to assess financial
performance at both a Group and divisional level
•This measure has been used in the Australian banking market for over 15 years and management
believes it is the most effective way to assess performance for the current period against prior periods
and to compare performance across divisions and across peer companies
•To calculate cash earnings, reported net profit is adjusted for:
Material items that key decision makers at Westpac Group believe do not reflect ongoing
operations
Items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of
intangibles, impact of treasury shares and economic hedging impacts
Accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results
Reported net profit and cash earnings
($bn)
1H18
($m)
% chg
1H18-
2H17
% chg
1H18-
1H17
Cash earnings 4,251 5% 6%
Cash EPS (cents) 125.0 4% 4%
Reported net profit 4,198 3% 7%
3.6
4.4
3.7
3.7
3.9
4.1
4.2
3.8
4.0
3.9
3.9
4.0
4.0
4.3
1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
Reported profitCash earnings
Cash earnings
1
policy
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1H18 financial snapshot
1 All measures on a cash earnings basis. 2 Total liquid assets represent cash, interbank deposits and assets eligible for existing repurchase agreements with a central bank.
37
Results
1H18
Change
1H18 – 2H17
Change
1H18 – 1H17
Earnings
1
Earnings per share (cents) 125.0 4% 4%
Core earnings ($m) 6,497 5% 4%
Cash earnings ($m) 4,251 5% 6%
Return on equity
(%) 14.0 37bps 1bp
Dividend (cents per share) 94 - -
Expense to income ratio
(%) 41.7 (91bps) (9bps)
Net interest margin
(%) 2.17 7bps 10bps
Credit quality
Impairment charges to average gross loans
(bps)
11 - (4bps)
Impaired assets to gross loans (bps) 22 - (8bps)
Impaired provisions to impaired assets (%) 45.5 (76bps) (653bps)
1H18
Change
1H18 – 2H17
Change
1H18 – 1H17
Balance sheet
Total assets ($bn) 871.9 2% 4%
Common equity Tier 1
(CET1) capital ratio (APRA basis) (%)
10.50 (6bps) 53bps
CET1 capital ratio
(Internationally comparable) (%)
16.13 (7bps) 79bps
CET1 capital ($bn) 43.6 2% 8%
Risk weighted assets ($bn) 415.7 3% 3%
Loans ($bn) 701.4 2% 5%
Customer deposits ($bn) 502.1 3% 5%
Net tangible assets per share ($) 15.00 2% 5%
Funding and liquidity
Customer deposit to loan ratio (%) 71.6 52bps (19bps)
Net stable funding ratio (%) 112 3ppts 4ppts
Liquidity coverage ratio (%) 134 10ppts 9ppts
Total liquid assets
2
($bn) 147.6 7% 7%
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Cash earnings up 6% over the year and 5% on prior half
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Average interest-earning assets.
Cash earnings features of 1H18 – 2H17 ($m)
Cash earnings features of 1H18 – 1H17 ($m)
38
Performance discipline
1H18
($m)
% chg
1H18-
2H17
% chg
1H18 -
1H17
Net interest
income
8,301 4 8
Non-interest
income
2,850 2 (7)
Expenses (4,654) 1 3
Core earnings 6,497 5 4
Impairment
charges
(393) 9 (20)
Tax and non-
controlling
interests
(1,853) 4 6
Cash earnings
4,251 5 6
Reported net
profit
4,198 3 7
4,045
290
66
4,251
(50)
(33)
(67)
2H17Net interest
income
Non-interest
income
ExpensesImpairment
charges
Tax & NCI1H18
Up 5%
AIEA
1
up 1%,
margins up 7bps
Lower
write-backs
Non-repeat of customer refunds and payments in
2H17, offset by lower fees from removing certain
ATM and transaction fees, lower credit card fees
and higher insurance claims
Higher investment and regulatory and compliance costs
including costs associated with the Royal Commission
4,017
608
100
4,251
(218)
(153)
(103)
1H17Net interest
income
Non-interest
income
ExpensesImpairment
charges
Tax & NCI1H18
Up 6%
AIEA up 3%,
margins up 10bps
Lower financial markets income after a
strong 1H17, lower fees from removing
certain ATM and transaction fees, partly
offset by higher insurance income
Lower individually assessed
provisions partly offset by
lower write-backs
Higher investment and regulatory and compliance costs
including costs associated with the Royal Commission
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
All divisions contributing to core earnings growth
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Refer to division definitions, page 134. 2 In A$. 3 Other is Group Businesses (including Treasury).
39
Performance discipline
1H18 ($m) CB BB BTFG WIB NZ
2
Other
3
Group
Operating income 4,417 2,610 1,183 1,424 1,067 450 11,151
Expenses (1,730) (930) (601) (675) (429) (289) (4,654)
Core earnings 2,687 1,680 582 749 638 161 6,497
Impairment (charges)/benefits (233) (137) (3) 17 (24) (13) (393)
Tax & non-controlling interests (737) (463) (175) (215) (173) (90) (1,853)
Cash earnings 1,717 1,080 404 551 441 58 4,251
% of Group cash earnings
40 26 10 13 10 1
Up 5%
2 3
1H18 divisional
1
core earnings movements ($m)
1H18 divisional
1
cash earnings movements ($m)
4,045
93
35
47
21
50 4,251
(40)
2H17CBBBBTFGWIBNZOther1H18
Up 5%
3 2
6,191
6,497
73
42
68
8
7
108
2H17CBBBBTFGWIBNZOther1H18
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
More customers, deeper relationships and strengthening of the
balance sheet
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Australian banking refers to Consumer Bank and Business Bank. 2 Other includes BTFG and WIB. 3 Australian retail refers to Consumer Bank, Business Bank and Private Wealth. 4 In A$. 5 Refer to page 137 for
details of metric provider.
Grow customers
40
Deepen relationships Strengthened balance sheet
13.1
13.2
13.7
14.0
Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18
Customer numbers (#m)
Australian bankingNew ZealandOther
24
27
28
30
38
40
44
7.7
8.7
8.8
8.8
10.5
10.0
10.5
Mar-12Mar-13Mar-14Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18
CET capital ratio (%) and capital ($bn)
44
62
62
5
8
8
1
1
1
10
11
12
4
4
4
20
8
8
16
6
5
Sep-08Sep-17Mar-18
Wholesale Onshore <1yr
Wholesale Offshore <1yr
Wholesale Onshore >1yr
Wholesale Offshore >1yr
Securitisation
Equity
Customer deposits
Service leadership
18.2
18.6
11.3
13.8
21.0
Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18
PeersSt.GeorgeWestpac
112.0
122.1
134.3
143.5
Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18
Transaction account balances ($bn)
Australian retailNew ZealandOther
Funding composition by residual maturity (%)
Australian customers with a wealth product
5
(%)
1
2
3 2
216
171
19
193
216
243
130
1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
Increase in customer numbers (#’000’s)
4
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Building long term franchise value – customer service
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Refer page 137 for metric definition and details of provider.
41
Customer complaints (#)
Service leadership
1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
Australian retail (CB, BB and BT)
New Zealand retail
Down 26%
Down 39%
New Zealand
Down 39%
Up 12%
Higher mostly from issues
with the timing of crediting
reward bonus points on
new credit cards
Customer satisfaction
1
Consumer and Business (mean) New Zealand (%)
7.6
7.6
7.5
7.4
7.7
Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18
WestpacSt.George brandsPeers
7.3
7.7
7.2
6.9
7.2
Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18
WestpacSt.George brandsPeers
Business
Consumer
69%
74%
75%
78%
Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18
WestpacPeers
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
•Digitised HR policies with embedded AI. Has
improved search functionality for employees
and driven a 21% reduction in policy questions
to our HR service centre
•New digital process for new employees
•Further automation of reporting for people
leaders
•All teller incentives now based
100% on customer advocacy
•Consumer Bank performance frameworks and
scorecards for FY18 now 50% customer
measures / 50% financial metrics for Personal
Bankers
•Elevated ‘Integrity’ to our first value
•Rolled out new values training to all employees
•Over 1,400 leaders have participated in
leadership development programs since
October 2016, with a further 1,200 enrolled in
2018. Two of the key programs designed in
partnership with the AGSM
•LearningBank, our online learning platform,
had over 50,000 learning modules accessed
by employees in 1H18
•New ‘behaviours-first’ approach to
performance management “Motivate” now
covers all employees
42
Workforce revolution delivering
1 Spot number at 31 March for each period. 2 Global high performing norm reflects the benchmark score for high performance organisations in the IBM engagement database. 3 Lost time injury frequency rate.
Employee engagement
2
(%)
LTIFR
3
(rolling 12 months) (#)
Women in Leadership positions
1
(%)
Learning and development Simplification
Service leadership and culture
43
44
46
49
50
Mar-14Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18
1.80
1.40
0.90
0.80
0.69
0.30
Mar-13Mar-14Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18
69
79
77
Sep-16Sep-17
WestpacGlobal high performing norm
Workforce revolution
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Actively positioning for digital opportunities
1
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Logos are of the respective companies. 2 For further details on these investments see page 44.
43
Digital transformation
Westpac is actively responding to digital threats and opportunities.
We encourage digital innovation through investing in venture capital, partnerships and direct investments.
Westpac can learn directly and gain access to emerging fintech developments.
Westpac has committed $100m to Reinventure, a
fintech venture capital fund, which invests in a range of
fintech businesses. This enables Westpac access to
insights and adjacent business opportunities. The
model also helps Westpac assess different ways of
working to be more innovative and deliver faster
20 investments
2
to date covering areas such as:
Investment in Assembly
(June 2015)
Westpac invested in Assembly
via Reinventure
Partnership with Assembly
(June 2017)
Westpac partnered with Assembly
to develop a new capability for customers
Westpac made a direct investment
in Assembly
Deliver Presto Smart
for Westpac customers
(April 2018)
Launched software built by Assembly
that enables a businesses merchant
terminal to connect with a range of
point-of-sale systems
Uno is a disruptor online mortgage
broker. Enabling consumers to search,
compare and apply for a home loan,
from a choice of 20 lenders
Surgical Partners helps medical
practices improve efficiency by
connecting practice management
software to cloud based accounting
software
Offers point-of-sale credit and
digital payment services to the
retail, health, travel and
education sectors. It also owns
Pocketbook, a personal financial
management app
LanternPay is a scalable, cloud
based claims and payments
platform for use in consumer
directed care programs such as
the NDIS, aged / home care and
Government insurance schemes
FUELD is a data accelerator,
which aims to bring together
businesses with data-based
companies to solve real world
problems
Westpac is actively positioning for digital opportunities, responding to digital disruption and
supporting digital innovation through its venture capital funds, partnerships and direct investments.
Through this process Westpac is building capability and gaining access to emerging fintech opportunities
QuintessenceLabs (Qlabs) creates
opportunities with quantum technology
that encrypts confidential data
Assembly Payments is a payments
platform that helps marketplaces,
merchants, and their customers
transact simply and securely
Direct investment/partnering
Reinventure
Example of how a Reinventure investment delivered a commercial solution for customers
•Distributed ledger
•Payments
•Big data
•Social networks
•Digital processes
•Digital currencies
•Peer to peer lending
•Data analytics
•B2B networks
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Reinventure – Investing in new fintech businesses
1
1 Logos are of the respective companies.
Digital transformation
Flare HR provides a comprehensive
cloud-based human resources and
employee benefits platform to
streamline HR processes
A business loan marketplace that
matches SMEs to the best lender
based on their characteristics and
needs
A natural language AI system for data
analysis targeting relatively simple
business queries that comprise 70% of
an analyst’s work in a large organisation
Open Banking API platform that
provides connectivity to over 100
financial sources across Australia
and NZ
BRICKX enables the purchase of
residential property, one ‘brick’ at a
time
SocietyOne is Australia’s leading
peer-to-peer (P2P) online lending
platform connecting borrowers and
investors in a secure, safe,
professional online environment
A bitcoin wallet and platform where
merchants and consumers can
transact the digital currency, bitcoin
OpenAgent helps home sellers
make decisions about who they
choose to sell their property
Assembly Payments is a full stack
payments platform that helps
marketplaces, merchants, and their
customers transact simply and
securely online
Connects ordering apps, payment
devices, loyalty and reservations
platforms to any point of sale
A trust framework and secure
platform that allows users to
exchange data safely and securely
Standardises mobile forms into a
format you can easily read and fill at
the tap of a button
A global big data, business
intelligence and enterprise data
warehousing company
Kasada is an enterprise cyber
security company that protects
businesses from malicious bot
attacks
CodeLingo enables software
development teams to scale the
processes they use to improve code
quality, such as code reviews and
debugging
Everproof provides a single platform
for verifying and digitising employee
certifications, accreditations and
qualifications
Indebted provides new ways for
businesses to collect outstanding
debts. Leveraging modern
communications, automation and
machine learning, the system can be
used by businesses of all sizes
An app to revolutionise the payment
process for customers when dining
out or grabbing a coffee on the go
New business models, market places
and customer experiences
New innovative capabilities
Data and analytics
Westpac is actively responding to digital threats and opportunities.
We encourage digital innovation through investing in venture capital, partnerships and direct investments.
Westpac can learn directly and gain access to emerging fintech developments.
Westpac has committed up to $100m to Reinventure, an independent early stage venture capital fund.
The operation allows Westpac to gain access to emerging fintech business models,
adjacent business opportunities and entrepreneurial ways to execute at speed
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
44
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Settlement
Digital settlement.
Integrated with land
titles registry
Capabilities to be delivered
Customer Service Hub:
Commencing with a new mortgage experience
Digital transformation
Increased
efficiency
More home
ownership
needs met at
origination
Lower cost
of change
Increased
banker
productivity
Improved
customer
experience
Leading
to:
Phase 1
Strategy
Reengineering the home ownership process:
Digitising the end-to-end home loan origination experience by 2020
50% reduction in
customer
documents, faster
time to conditional
approval
25% reduction in
banker time spent
processing
1.7x to 1.2x
reduction in costs.
Single platform
across multiple
brands
10% more of
customer’s lifestyle
and protection needs
met
25% reduction in the
cost of mortgage
origination
Every element of the process supports providing a record of verification
Digitised offer
and acceptance
Plain English terms
& conditions and online
acceptance
Simplified application
assessment / approval for
customer and banker
Digitises a number
of manual processes
Remote digital upload
of information
Customers can upload
documents digitally
Customer application
tracker
At any time customers
have clarity as to the
status of their application
Banker dashboard
Single point for bankers
to view customer information
and loan status
Customer access
via any channel
Applications available
seamlessly across channels
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
45
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
287
312
380
24
25
29
1H172H171H18
Sales% of sales via digital
Customers increasingly choosing digital channels
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Australian consumer and business customers who have had an authenticated session (including Quickzone) on Westpac Group digital banking platforms in the prior 90 days. 2 Sales refers to digital sales of
Consumer core products only. Sales with a completed deposit or activation constitute a quality sale. Prior periods have been restated on the same basis to enable comparability with 1H18. 3 Includes new American
Express credit card sales to existing customers. 4 Branch transactions are typically withdrawals, deposits, transfers and payments. 5 Digital transactions are typically payments and transfers.
46
Digital transformation
241
254
262
279
287
304
313
1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
Quality digital sales
(#000) and % of sales via digital
2,3
Digital transactions
5
(#m)
Digitally active customers
1
(#m)
Branch transactions
4
(#m)
3.84
3.96
4.05
4.18
4.33
4.53
4.69
Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Up 8%
Up 4%
Up 32%
Up 22%
29.5
28.1
25.6
24.4
22.5
21.7
20.8
1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
Down 8%
Down 4%
Up 9%
Up 3%
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Customers shifting to digital and self-serve channels
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Accounts with e-statements (%)
Card activation – Westpac brand (%)
Proof of balance – Westpac brand (%)
Lost and stolen card notification – Westpac brand (%)
47
Digital transformation
38
46
53
62
54
47
2H161H171H18
DigitalBranch & Contact Centres
28
36
45
72
64
55
1H161H171H18
E-statementsPaper
2
7
15
22
25
98
93
85
78
75
2H141H151H161H171H18
DigitalBranch & Contact Centres
30
31
42
50
53
70
69
58
50
47
2H141H151H161H171H18
DigitalBranch & Contact Centres
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
New digital services launched over the last 6 months
1 Alexa is a virtual assistant developed by Amazon.
Digital transformation
Electronic
correspondence
Automatic e-statement
registrations
Automatic online
registrations
Application status
and next steps
New ways of
connecting via Alexa
1
Through the creation
of a digital inbox,
customers can
choose to receive
certain
correspondence
electronically
Credit cards are one
of the biggest product
groups with paper
statements. The
creation of automatic
e-statement
registration for credit
cards and personal
loans has been
introduced
Many credit card
customers are
digitally inactive. New
and existing credit
card and personal
loan customers are
now automatically
registered for internet
and mobile banking
Customers can
monitor the status
and next steps of
their application for
unsecured finance
products
Customers can
query their account
balance, recent
spending history and
reward points status
by talking to
Amazon’s virtual
assistant, Alexa
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
48
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Helping customers with cybersecurity
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Subject to Terms and Conditions.
Awareness
49
Prevention Detection and remediation
Digital transformation
Enhancing security awareness for
customers by providing information on:
•How we protect you
•How to protect yourself
•Being aware of fraud and common scams
Using a variety of security features to
protect customers:
•Biometric login: Face ID or fingerprint to
logon to banking
•Card lock and unlock: Enabling customers
to lock and unlock their card if lost or stolen
•Travel notifications: Encouraging
customers to notify us of their travel plans to
prevent unauthorised overseas transactions
•Malware indicator: Inspecting online
banking activities to identify if malicious
software is present on a customer’s device
Identifying fraudulent/ suspicious behaviour
quickly by implementing security solutions
such as:
•Real-time monitoring tools and Proactive
Risk Manager: Monitoring transactions real-
time & identifying suspicious transactions in
milliseconds so they can be held, declined or
an alert raised for investigation. Customers
are then notified and prompted for additional
validation
•Device ID: Inspecting transaction devices to
determine whether the customer is using a
known device. Real time monitoring tools
provide further validation if required
•Remediation: Westpac will repay any missing
funds as a result of internet fraud
1
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Continued sustainability leadership
1 Alzheimer’s Australia September 2017, acknowledged St.George Bank as Australia’s first dementia friendly bank.
50
United Nations Sustainable
Development Goals alignment
Westpac’s sustainability
priority areas
First Half 2018 performance outcomes
Helping people make better
financial decisions
•Financial literacy programs through Davidson Institute and Managing Your Money
•Improving financial literacy in target segments with specific programs:
Youth supported through Year 13 partnerships and Mathspace
Young adults and women through The Cusp and Ruby Connection
Older Australians through Starts at 60
Helping people by being
there when it matters most to
them
•Over 19,000 customers received hardship assistance via Westpac Group Assist
•1
st
Australian bank accredited as dementia friendly
1
•Continued to roll out dementia-friendly banking across brands
Helping people create a
prosperous nation
•134 microenterprises have been provided finance, including 39 Indigenous
businesses, through our Many Rivers partnership, helping to create 1,681 jobs
•At 31 March 2018, 25 start-ups supported, including 20 through Reinventure
•Total committed exposure of $8.5bn to climate change solutions and environmental
services at 31 March 2018
A culture of doing the right
thing
•Maintained Indigenous employment parity
•Launched a neurodiversity internship program to support people on the Autism
spectrum build a career in the Group
•Launched the Inclusion and Diversity strategy for 2018 to 2020
The fundamentals –
sustainability policies, action
plans and frameworks
•Maintained carbon neutral status
•$2.6m sourced from diverse suppliers, including $1.7m from Indigenous suppliers
•Refer Appendix 2 page 132 for details of sustainability awards, indexes, recognition,
key commitments and partnerships
Sustainable futures
Further information on Westpac’s Sustainability and progress on our strategic priorities is available at www.westpac.com.au/sustainability
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Climate-related metrics
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Exposures in WIB only. 2 Australia only. NEM benchmark is sourced from Australian Energy Market Operator. 3 Data reported annually.
51
Sustainable futures
Climate change solutions exposure
(% of TCE)
Emissions intensity (tCO
2
-e/MWh)
2,3
Electricity generation exposure
(% of TCE)
1
Total scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions
(tCO2e, 000s)
3
Climate change solutions exposure
($bn)
Mining exposure ($bn)
6.1
6.2
7.0
8.5
Sep-15Sep-16Sep-17Mar-18
244
220
203
FY15FY16FY17
71.8
14.9
10.6
1.8
0.9
Renewable energy
Gas
Black coal
Brown coal
Liquid fuel
41.7
31.7
12.4
3.8
3.8
6.6
Green buildings
Renewable energy
Low carbon
transport
Adaptation
infrastructure
Forestry
Other
0.38 0.38
0.36
0.91
0.90
0.86
FY15FY16FY17
Westpac electricity generation portfolio
National electricity market (NEM) benchmark
14.5
6.4
6.8
1.4
11.3
5.5
5.0
0.9
9.7
5.3
3.8
0.6
9.3
5.3
3.5
0.4
TotalNon-fossil fuelOil and gasCoal - thermal &
metallurgical
Sep-15Sep-16Sep-17Mar-18
TCE at 31 March 2018 $3.5bn
TCE at 31 March 2018 $8.5bn
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
1 Data for 1H18 or as at 31 March 2018 unless otherwise stated. 2 As at 30 September 2017. 3 Through Westpac Bicentennial Foundation. 4 Through Westpac Foundation. 5 Source: Corporate Tax Transparency
Report 2015 - 2016, published December 2017. 6 Australia only.
Customers Employees Community Suppliers Investors Economy Environment
14.0m
Customers
Provided
126,000
New home loans in
Australia
19,473
Customers
supported through
Westpac Group
Assist
39,574
Employees
50%
Target reached
for Women in
Leadership
positions
200
200 education
scholarships
3
, 200
community grants
4
and 200 Businesses
of Tomorrow in our
200
th
year
$1.3bn
Committed
exposure to social
and affordable
housing sector
$2.4bn
Spent with suppliers
in Australia
$1.7m
Spent with
Indigenous
Australian suppliers
14.0%
Cash return on
equity
$3.2bn
In dividends to
shareholders
$1.9bn
Income tax
1H18
$8.5bn
Committed exposure
to climate change
and environmental
solutions
$1.7bn
Climate related bond
issuance
Provided
$11bn
New business
lending in Australia
(excludes
Institutional)
630K
shareholders
and more via
super funds
2
nd
Largest tax payer
in Australia
5
40+ years
Sponsorship of
Westpac Rescue
Helicopter Service
Delivering sustainable value for all stakeholders
1
74%
Employees with
flexible working
arrangements
2
10
th
time
In 2017, Westpac
achieved the global
banking leadership
position in the Dow
Jones Sustainability
index for the 10th
time
$2.4bn
Paid to
employees
$1.25
Cash
earnings per
ordinary
share (cents)
30.3%
Effective tax
rate
$0.4bn
In other taxes paid
including Bank
Levy $0.2bn
6
Sustainable futures
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
52
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Earnings Drivers
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Net operating income up 3% over the half
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 AIEA is average interest-earning assets. 2 Divisional movements from 1H17 to 2H17 have been restated to reflect restatements that occurred in 1H18. 3 The New Zealand contribution in A$. 4 Group Businesses.
54
Net operating income movement ($m)
Net operating income by division
2
($m)
10,761
156
162
38
10,795
77
213
19
5
3
39
11,151
(97)
(209)
(16)
1H17AIEA
growth
MarginsFees &
commissions
WealthTradingOther2H17AIEA
growth
MarginsFees &
commissions
WealthTradingOther1H18
59
173
10,761
231
92
37
10,795
76
51
3
11,151
(7)
(193)
(126)
(6)
1H17CBBBBTFGWIBNZGroup2H17CBBBBTFGWIBNZGroup1H18
40
23
11
13
10
3
CB
BB
BTFG
WIB
NZ
Group
1H18 Divisional contribution (%)
1
Net interest up 4% Non-interest down 9% Net interest up 4% Non-interest up 2%
Flat (up $34m) Up 3%
1
3
4
3 3
4
4
Revenue
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
193
194
204
152
154
155
134
139
143
479
487
502
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Term depositsSavingsTransaction
41%
31%
28%
Composition of lending and deposits
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 In 1H18, $4.1bn of structured deposits were reclassified as term deposits, previously they had been reported as transaction. Prior periods have been adjusted for comparability.
Australian mortgage lending ($bn) Composition of lending (% of total) Net loans ($bn)
Customer deposit composition ($bn) Customer deposit mix ($bn) and % of total
55
62
13
9
3
11
2
Aust. mortgages
Aust. business
Aust. institutional
Aust. other consumer
New Zealand lending
Other overseas
lending
667
685
8
2
2
3
1 701
Mar-17
Sep-17
Consumer
Bank
Business
Bank
WIB
New
Zealand
Other
(inc. BT)
Mar-18
New Zealand
up NZ$1.8bn
Up 2%
Up 3%
Up 2%
190
196
199
102
107
108
98
92
99
89
92
96
479
487
502
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
CBBBWIBBTFG, NZ & Other
414
427
38
437
(28)
Mar-17
Sep-17
New
lending
Net run off
Mar-18
1
1
Revenue
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Net interest margin excluding Treasury & Markets up 3bps
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 NIM excluding Treasury & Markets has been restated on the same basis as 1H18. 2 Divisional NIM has been restated on the same basis as 1H18.
Net interest margin by division
2
(%)
Net interest margin (NIM)
1
(%)
Net interest margin (NIM) movement
1
(%)
56
1.96
2.02
2.05
0.11
0.08
4bps
0.12
2.07
2.10
2bps
1bp
1bp (2bps)
0bp
1bp
2.17
1H172H17
Loans
Customer deposits
Term wholesale funding
Bank Levy
Capital & other
Liquidity
Treasury &
Markets
1H18
Treasury & Markets impact on NIM
NIM excl. Treasury & Markets
2.19
2.17
2.03
2.05
1H132H131H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
NIMNIM excl. Treasury & Markets
2.27
2.70
1.56
1.96
2.36
2.74
1.62
2.09
2.37
2.78
1.58
2.15
CBBBWIBNZ
1H172H171H18
Margin excluding Treasury & Markets up 3bps
Revenue
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Non-interest income up 2%
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Markets income by activity ($m)
Insurance income ($m)
Non-interest income contributors ($m)
Wealth management income ($m)
.
57
Revenue
1,392
1,396
1,426
1,329
1,348
941
970
886
924
929
610
514
713
504
507
40
25
43
27
66
2,983
2,905
3,068
2,784
2,850
1H162H161H172H171H18
Fees and commissionsWealth and insuranceTradingOther
372
382
365
371
381
199
201
206
128
196
43
82
51
86
55
614
665
622
585
632
1H162H161H172H171H18
FUM/FUAOther (mostly BT)NZ & WIB
465
447
482
436
448
142
89
247
72
162
2
10
19
27
0
609
546
748
535
610
1H162H161H172H171H18
CustomerMarket related riskDerivative valuation adjustments
152
126
136
143 143
94
97
42
116
76
81
82
86
80
78
327
305
264
339
297
1H162H161H172H171H18
LifeGeneralLMI & NZ
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Markets & Treasury
1
income
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1. Includes net interest income and non-interest income but excludes derivative valuation adjustments.
58
Markets customer income ($m) Markets non-customer and Treasury income ($m)
Revenue
264
376
404
395
406
277
412
147
131
142
89
247
72
162
411
507
546
484
653
349
574
1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
Markets non-customer
Treasury
473
462
465
447
482
436
448
1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
247
35,290
16 35,096
377 35,720
(210)
1H17RunChange2H17RunChange1H18
4,604
125
22
34 4,654
(131)
2H17Ongoing
expenses
ProductivityInvestmentRegulatory/
compliance
1H18
Expenses up 1% from investments and increased regulatory and
compliance costs including the Royal Commission
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
FTE run versus change (#) Expense movements ($m)
1 Company data, Credit Suisse. Expense to income ratio average for Peer 1, 2 and 3 based on 1H18 results, all others based on FY17. Peer 1 and 2 are presented on a continuing operations basis. Peer 3 excludes
restructuring costs. European average excludes Deutsche Bank.
59
Expenses
Global peer comparison of expense to income ratios
1
(%) Consistent productivity savings ($m)
Up 1%
70.1
61.7
55.9
52.7
47.2
45.0
45.0
43.9 43.9
41.7
US regional
average
European
average
Canadian
average
Korean
average
Hong Kong
average
Peer 1
Singapore
average
Peer 2Peer 3
WBC
219
239
263
262
131
FY14FY15FY16FY171H18
Run: ongoing operations
Change: project based
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Investment spend focused on growth and productivity
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Other includes write-offs, impairments and foreign exchange translation. 2 Based on 1H18 results. Software amortisation has been annualised. Peer 1 and 2 are reported on a continuing operations basis.
Investment spend mix ($m)
60
Investment spend ($m) Capitalised software
2
Expenses
375
417
391
143
182
163
62
77
84
580 676 638
1H172H171H18
Other technology
Regulatory change
Growth & productivity
1H17 2H17 1H18
Expensed 236 243 251
Capitalised
344 433 387
Total investment spend
580 676 638
Investment spend expensed 41% 36% 39%
Capitalised software
Opening balance 1,781 1,814 1,916
Additions
344 422 389
Amortisation (303) (311) (301)
Other
1
(8) (9) 1
Closing balance 1,814 1,916 2,005
Average amortisation period 2.9yrs 2.9yrs 3.2yrs
Other deferred expenses
Deferred acquisition costs 91 86 80
Other deferred expenses 56 28 30
1.78
1.90
2.71
2.00
0.56
0.40
0.40
0.60
3.3
4.8
6.5
3.2
Peer 1Peer 2Peer 3WBC
Capitalised software balance ($bn)
Amortisation ($bn)
Average amortisation period (years)
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Continued low impairment charge reflects sound asset quality
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Pre-2008 does not include St.George. 2008 and 2009 are pro forma including St.George for the entire period with 1H09 ASX Profit Announcement providing details of pro forma adjustments.
61
256
364
246
173
(173)
(228) (228)
(167)
484
443
525
430
(110)
(86)
(183)
(43)
457
493
360
393
2H161H172H171H182H161H172H171H182H161H172H171H182H161H172H171H182H161H172H171H18
Impairment charges ($m)
Impairment charges and stressed exposures
1
(bps)
New IAPs Write-backs & recoveries Write-offs direct Other movements in CAP Total
Individually assessed Collectively assessed
Lower due to absence
of large names
11bps
109bps
0
100
200
300
400
500
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
200720082009201020112012201320141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
Impairment charge to average loans
annualised (lhs)
Stressed exposures to TCE (rhs)
Lower due to an absence
of large write-backs
Impairments
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Credit Quality
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Standard and Poor’s Risk Grade
1
Australia NZ / Pacific Asia Americas Europe Group % of Total
AAA to AA-
93,873 8,940 2,096 10,668 462 116,039
11%
A+ to A-
32,577 6,243 7,084 5,206 2,801 53,911
5%
BBB+ to BBB-
55,783 11,563 8,986 2,298 1,572 80,202
8%
BB+ to BB
73,307 11,564 1,755 393 258 87,277
9%
BB- to B+
62,373 9,655 96 15 11 72,150
7%
<B+
5,612 2,580 - - - 8,192
1%
Mortgages
500,981 54,062 396 - - 555,439
54%
Other consumer products
44,634 5,165 8 - - 49,807
5%
Total committed exposures (TCE)
869,140 109,772 20,421 18,580 5,104 1,023,017
Exposure by region
2
(%)
85% 11% 2% 2% <1% 100%
High quality portfolio with bias to mortgage lending
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Risk grade equivalent. 2 Exposure by booking office.
Lending composition at 31 March 2018 (% of total) Asset composition (%)
63
Credit Quality
69
17
11
3
Housing
Business
Institutional
Other consumer
Total loans of $701bn
1 Risk grade equivalent. 2 Exposure by booking office.
Exposure by risk grade at 31 March 2018 ($m)
Total assets ($872bn)
1H17 2H17 1H18
Loans 80 81 80
Trading securities, financial assets at fair value and
available-for-sale securities
11 10 10
Derivative financial instruments 3 3 3
Cash and balances with central banks 2 2 3
Life insurance assets 1 1 1
Goodwill 1 1 1
Receivables due from other financial institutions 1 1 1
Other assets 1 1 1
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
A diversified loan portfolio
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Exposures at default is an estimate of the committed exposure expected to be drawn by a customer at the time of default. Excludes consumer lending. 2 Finance and insurance includes banks, non-banks,
insurance companies and other firms providing services to the finance and insurance sectors. 3 Property includes both residential and non-residential property investors and developers, and excludes real estate
agents. 4 Construction includes building and non-building construction, and industries serving the construction sector. 5 NBFI is non-bank financial institutions.
020406080100
Other
Mining
Accommodation, cafes
& restaurants
Construction
Utilities
Agriculture, forestry & fishing
Transport & storage
Property services & business services
Services
Manufacturing
Wholesale & retail trade
Government admin. & defence
Property
Finance & insurance
Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18
1.9
1.4
1.3
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.1
1.2
1.0
1.1
1.1
Sep-08Sep-09Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16Sep-17Mar-18
03006009001,2001,5001,8002,1002,4002,700
A+
BBB-
BBB+
BBB+
A-
A-
BBB-
BBB+
A
BBB+
S&P rating or equivalent
Top 10 exposures to corporations and NBFIs
5
(% of TCE)
Top 10 exposures to corporations & NBFIs
5
at 31 March 2018 ($m)
64
Largest corporation/NBFI single name
exposure represents less than 0.3% of TCE
Exposures at default
1
by sector ($bn)
2
3
4
Credit Quality
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
52
43
35
45
46
48
36
46 46
50
34
46
WestpacPeer 1Peer 2Peer 3
1H172H171H18
Well provisioned, sound asset quality
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Provisions for impairments
Impaired asset provisions to impaired assets (%)
Total impairment provisions ($m)
65
Credit Quality
1H17 2H17 1H18
Total provisions to gross loans (bps) 52 45 45
Impaired asset provisions to impaired assets (%) 52 46 46
Collectively assessed provisions to credit RWA (bps) 77 76 75
Overlay ($m) 378 323 335
1,622
1,461
1,470
1,364
867
669
869
787
480
471
2,986
2,607
2,408
2,196
2,225
2,275
2,344
2,348
2,316
2,359
453
346
363
389
389
388
389
378
323
335
5,061
4,414
4,241
3,949
3,481
3,332
3,602
3,513
3,119
3,165
Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Overlay
Collectively assessed provisions
Individually assessed provisions
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Stressed exposures little changed
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Facilities 90 days or more past due date not impaired. These facilities, while in default, are not treated as impaired for accounting purposes.
New and increased gross impaired assets ($m)
Movement in stress categories (bps) Stressed exposures as a % of TCE
66
114
5
1 0
3
105
0 3
0 1
109
Mar-17
Impaired
90+ dpd not
impaired
Substandard
Watchlist
Sep-17
Impaired
90+ dpd not
impaired
Substandard
Watchlist
Mar-18
1,748
1,519
1,343
1,060
1,194
997
958
708
609
607
633
1,078
477
589
440
471
2H101H112H111H122H121H132H131H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18
0.67
0.62
0.58
0.44
0.27
0.20
0.22
0.20
0.15 0.15
0.46
0.41
0.35
0.31
0.26
0.25
0.33
0.35
0.34
0.37
2.07
1.45
1.24
0.85
0.71
0.54
0.65
0.59
0.56
0.57
3.20
2.48
2.17
1.60
1.24
0.99
1.20
1.14
1.05
1.09
Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16
Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18
Watchlist & substandard
90+ day past due (dpd) and not impaired
Impaired
Credit Quality
1
1
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Provision cover by portfolio category
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
67
Exposures as a % of TCE
0.26
0.22
0.20
0.15 0.15
0.28
0.33
0.35
0.34
0.37
0.49
0.65
0.59
0.56
0.57
98.97
98.80
98.86
98.95
98.91
Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Fully
performing
portfolio
Watchlist &
substandard
90+ day past
due and not
impaired
Impaired
Fully performing portfolio
•Small cover as low probability of default (PD)
•Includes overlay
0.22 0.21 0.20 0.20
Provisioning to TCE (%)
Sep-16 Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18
Watchlist & substandard
•Still performing but higher cover reflects
deterioration
4.51 4.52 4.76 4.71
90+ day past due and not impaired
•In default but strong security 4.57 5.04 5.08 5.03
Impaired assets
•In default. High provision cover reflects
expected recovery
49.44 52.07 46.30 45.54
Impaired
asset
provisions
Collective
provisions
Credit Quality
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Stressed exposures increased in retail trade and property
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Includes Finance & insurance, Utilities, Government admin. & defence.
Corporate and business portfolio stressed exposures by industry ($bn)
68
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
Agriculture, forestry &
fishing
Wholesale &
retail trade
Property
Transport & storage
Services
Manufacturing
Construction
Property services &
business services
Accommodation, cafes
& restaurants
Other
Mining
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
3 names downgraded
to stressed
1
Credit Quality
2 stressed
names
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Areas of interest: Commercial property
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Includes impaired exposures. 2 Percentage of commercial property portfolio TCE.
Commercial property portfolio composition (%)
Commercial property exposures % of TCE and % in stress Commercial property portfolio
69
0
5
10
15
20
0
2
4
6
8
10
Mar-09
Sep-09
Mar-10
Sep-10
Mar-11
Sep-11
Mar-12
Sep-12
Mar-13
Sep-13
Mar-14
Sep-14
Mar-15
Sep-15
Mar-16
Sep-16
Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18
Commercial property as % of TCE (lhs)
Commercial property % in stress (rhs)
Sep-17 Mar-18
Total committed exposures (TCE) $65.2bn $66.3bn
Lending $49.6bn $51.1bn
Commercial property as a % of Group TCE 6.48 6.48
Median risk grade
BB equivalent BB equivalent
% of portfolio graded as stressed
1,2
1.27 1.74
% of portfolio in impaired
2
0.38 0.28
15
10
8
6
4
11
46
NSW & ACT
Vic
Qld
SA & NT
WA
NZ & Pacific
Institutional
(diversified)
44
10
30
16
Exposures <$10m
Developers >$10m
Investors >$10m
Diversified Property
Groups and Property
Trusts >$10m
44
26
21
9
Commercial offices
& diversified groups
Residential
Retail
Industrial
Borrower type (%) Region (%) Sector (%)
Credit Quality
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Areas of interest: Inner city apartments
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
70
1 Percentage of commercial property TCE.
50.4
49.0
46.4
47.5
2018201920202021
Expected completion date
Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18 TCE %
1
Residential apartment development >$20m 4.1 4.2 4.0 6.0%
•Market activity is slowing as demand eases and pre-sales slow
•Still a high level of construction to complete. Our tightened risk appetite in
areas of higher concern (progressively introduced since 2012) remains in place
•Settlements remain slightly slower, but Westpac’s debt has been repaid in full
given low loan to value ratios (LVRs)
Residential apartment development
>$20m in major markets, shown below
2.8 2.7 2.7 4.1%
Sydney major markets 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.9% •Still active in key markets. 1H18 new lending LVR 47.5%
Inner Melbourne 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.9% •1H18 new lending LVR 48%
Inner Brisbane 0.2 0.4 0.2 0.3% •Slow market. Exposure low, new lending at 47% LVR
Perth metro 0.2 0.0 0.0 -
Adelaide CBD 0.1 0.1 0.0 - •Project completed
Average portfolio LVR 49%
Consumer mortgages where
security is within an inner city
residential apartment development
Sep-17 Mar-18
Total loans $14.1bn $14.7bn
Average LVR at origination 70% 73%
Average dynamic LVR 53% 56%
Dynamic LVR >90% (% of portfolio) 1.94% 2.65%
90+ day delinquencies 36bps 40bps
Residential apartment development >$20m weighted average LVR (%)
Commercial property portfolio TCE ($bn)
Consumer mortgages
Credit Quality
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Areas of interest: Retail trade
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Includes impaired exposures. 2 Percentage of retail trade portfolio TCE.
Retail trade portfolio composition
Overview
71
Sep-17 Mar-18
Total committed exposures (TCE) $15.4bn $15.5bn
Lending $11.5bn $11.3bn
Retail trade as a % of Group TCE 1.53 1.51
Median risk grade
BB equivalent BB equivalent
% of portfolio graded as stressed
1,2
3.02 4.67
% of portfolio in impaired
2
0.31 0.48
Credit Quality
Retail trade portfolio
•The retail sector continues to be challenged by subdued consumer demand
and growth in domestic and international online channels
•These changes have been emerging for a number of years and businesses
continue to adapt
•Stress increased over the half principally from the downgrade of two
institutional customers
•The portfolio is diversified and the asset quality remains sound
14.0
14.4
16.4
16.3
15.3
15.4
15.5
Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Retail trade exposure (TCE) $bn
3.66
3.58
2.29
2.68
2.51
3.02
4.67
Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
% of portfolio graded as stressed
Overview
6.4
5.0
4.1
Personal and
household good
retailing
Motor vehicle
retailing and
services
Food retailing
Investment
Sub-investment
Stressed
Retail trade by risk grade category $bn
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Areas of interest: Mining and NZ dairy
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Includes impaired exposures. 2 Percentage of portfolio TCE. 3 Sourced from Westpac Economics and Bloomberg. 4 The steel index 62% Fe fines benchmark. 5 Brent oil price. 6 Source Fonterra.
New Zealand dairy portfolio
Mining (inc. oil and gas) portfolio
72
Sep-17 Mar-18
Total committed exposures (TCE) $9.7bn $9.3bn
Lending $5.1bn $5.1bn
% of Group TCE 0.96 0.91
% of portfolio graded as stressed
1,2
2.33 1.72
% of portfolio in impaired
2
0.44 0.31
Sep-17 Mar-18
Total committed exposure (TCE) NZ$6.0bn NZ$6.1bn
Lending NZ$5.8bn NZ$5.8bn
% of Group TCE 0.55 0.55
% of portfolio graded as stressed
1,2
17.02 14.94
% of portfolio in impaired
2
0.34 0.47
Credit Quality
Iron Ore and Oil prices ($)
3
Mining portfolio (TCE)
by sector (%)
38
11
22
5
15
9
Oil and gasIron ore
Other metal oreCoal
Mining servicesOther
NZ dairy portfolio (TCE)
by security (%)
77
22
1
Fully securedPartially securedUnsecured
Milk price & Fonterra dividend
6
(NZ$)
4.40
3.90
6.12
6.55
6.50
0.25
0.40
0.40
0.30
0.40
$0
$2
$4
$6
$8
$10
2014/152015/162016/172017/182018/19
Kg Ms
DividendMilk price
20
60
100
140
Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16Sep-17Sep-18
Iron ore (USD/t)Crude oil (USD/bbl)
Westpac
Economics
forecast
4
5
Westpac
Economics
forecast
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
90+ day delinquencies (%) 90+ day delinquencies (%)
Australian consumer unsecured lending, 3% of Group loans
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18
30+ day delinquencies
(%) 3.99 3.60 3.95
90+ day delinquencies
(%) 1.63 1.66 1.71
Estimated impact of changes to hardship
treatment for 90+ day delinquencies (bps)
28bps 56ps 52ps
•APRA hardship policy adopted across Westpac’s Australian unsecured portfolios in
FY17
•March 2018 unsecured consumer delinquencies, excluding hardship reporting
changes are 9bps higher than September 2017, and 16bps lower than March 2017
Australian unsecured portfolio ($bn)
10
5
8
23
10
5
7
22
10
5
7
22
Credit cardsPersonal
loans
Auto loans
(consumer)
Total
consumer
unsecured
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
90+ day delinquencies (%) by State Australian consumer unsecured lending portfolio
73
-
1.00
2.00
3.00
Total unsecured
consumer lending
Credit cards
Total ex-hardshipCredit cards
ex-hardship
Credit Quality
-
1.00
2.00
3.00
NSW/ACTVIC/TASQLDWASA/NT
Hardship reporting
changes commenced
Hardship reporting
changes commenced
-
1.00
2.00
3.00
Personal loansAuto loans
Personal loans
ex-hardship
Auto loans
ex-hardship
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Australian mortgage portfolio continues to perform well
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Australian mortgages 90+ day delinquencies by State (%)
Housing lending portfolio by State (%)
Australian mortgage delinquencies and
properties in possession (PIPs)
Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18
30+ day delinquencies
(bps) 139 130 144
90+ day delinquencies
(bps)
(includes impaired mortgages)
67 67 69
Consumer PIPs 382 437 398
Properties in possession continue to be mostly in WA and Qld reflecting weaker
economic conditions in those states. Targeted collections strategies in those states
have contributed to lower PIPs in 1H18 and improved customer outcomes
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
90+ day past due total90+ day past due investor
30+ day past due totalLoss rates
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
NSW/ACTVIC/TASQLD
WASA/NTALL
37
27
17
12
7
41
26
17
9
7
43
29
15
6
7
NSW & ACTVIC & TASQLDWASA & NT
Australian banking system
Westpac Group portfolio
1H18 Westpac Group drawdowns
1 Source ABA Cannex February 2018.
74
1
Introduced new hardship treatment
Australian mortgage portfolio delinquencies (%)
Introduced new hardship treatment
Credit quality
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Australian mortgage portfolio well collateralised
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
75
Credit quality
1 Flow is new mortgages settled in the 6 months ended 31 March 2018 and includes RAMS. 2 Includes amortisation. 3 Excludes RAMS in 1H17 and 2H17. Includes RAMS in 1H18. Loans ahead on payments exclude equity/line of credit products as
there are no scheduled principal payments. 4 Mortgage insurance claims 1H18 $6m (2H17 $9m; 1H17 $3m). 5 Excludes RAMS. 6 LVR calculated as simple average by balances. 7 Dynamic LVR is the loan-to-value ratio taking into account the
current loan balance, changes in security value, offset account balances and other loan adjustments. Property valuation source Australian Property Monitors. 8 Average LVR of new loans is on rolling 6 months. 9 Weighted average LVR calculation
considers size of outstanding balances.
Australian housing loan-to-value ratios (LVRs) (%)
Australian mortgage portfolio LVRs
Mar-17
balance
Sep-17
balance
Mar-18
balance
Simple
averages
LVR at origination
6
(%) 70 70 70
Dynamic
LVR
5,6,7
(%) 42 42 41
LVR of new loans
6,8
(%)
68 67 69
Weighted
averages
LVR at origination
9
(%) 74 74 74
Dynamic LVR
5,7,9
(%) 50 52 52
LVR of new loans
8,9
(%) 73 73 71
20
15
48
10
6
1
16
13
50
11
5
5
63
15
15
5
1
2
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0<=6060<=7070<=8080<=9090<=9595+
1H18 drawdowns LVR at origination
Portfolio LVR at origination
Portfolio dynamic LVR
Australian mortgage portfolio
Mar-17
balance
Sep-17
balance
Mar-18
balance
1H18
flow
1
Total portfolio ($bn)
413.9 427.2
437.2
38.4
Owner occupied (%)
55.3 55.5
56.0
57.2
Investment property loans (%)
39.5 39.8
39.5
42.4
Portfolio loan/line of credit (%)
5.3 4.8
4.5
0.4
Variable rate / Fixed rate (%)
82 / 18 79 / 21
77 / 23
70 / 30
Interest only (%)
50.1 45.5
39.6
22.6
Proprietary channel (%)
57.7 57.3
56.5
52.0
First home buyer (%)
8.4 8.1
7.9
6.9
Mortgage insured (%)
18.1 17.5
16.9
11.1
Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18
Average loan size
2
($’000)
259 264 270
Customers ahead on repayments
including offset account balances
3
(%)
71 70 68
Actual mortgage losses
net of insurance
4
($m)
36 48 48
Actual mortgage loss rate
annualised (bps)
2 2 2
5
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Australian mortgage portfolio standards tightening
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
76
Credit quality
Australian mortgage portfolio by year of origination
(% of total book)
5
2
2
3
4
4
4
5
7
10
14
17
18
5
Pre-2006
200620072008200920102011201220132014201520162017
2018 (YTD)
Calendar year
2014
•10% limit on investment property lending growth announced –
implemented by 30 September 2015
2015
•Stricter loan affordability tests for new borrowers
–Increase in minimum assessment (‘floor’) rate to 7.25%
–Increase in serviceability assessment buffer to 2.25%
•Credit card repayments assessed at 3% of limit (previously 2%)
•Expenses benchmark (HEM) adjusted by income bands as well as
post settlement postcode location, marital status and dependants
•Serviceability for loans with interest only terms assessed over the
residual P&I term, not full loan term
•Maximum I/O terms reduced – owner occupied reduced to 5 years
2016
•Mandatory 20% minimum shading on all non base income (e.g. rental
income, annuity income) – previously non base income discounted by
varying amounts
•Stopped non-resident lending
–For Australian and NZ citizens and permanent visa holders using
foreign income, tightened verification and LVR restricted to 70%
•Maximum I/O terms for new IPLs reduced to 10 years
•Maximum LVRs restricted to include LMI capitalisation
2017
•30% limit on interest-only lending originations
•Tighter limits on interest-only lending >80% LVR
•Heightened supervision of mortgage lending warehouses
•Strengthened pre settlement hind-sighting process with introduction of
day 2 review team
2018
•More granular assessment of living expenses through the introduction
of 13 categories to capture living expenses and other commitments
1
Notable changes to Westpac mortgage lending standards
More than half the portfolio
originated after lending
standards tightened
1. Currently excludes RAMS. Additional expense categories expected to be implemented for RAMS in 2H18.
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Australian mortgage portfolio repayment buffers
1 SVR is the Standard Variable Rate for owner-occupied Westpac Rocket Repay Home Loan inclusive of Premier Advantage Package discount. 2 Excludes RAMS. 3 Includes RAMS in 1H18. Customer loans ahead on payments exclude equity/line
of credit products as there are no scheduled principal payments. ‘Behind’ is more than 30 days past due. ‘On time’ includes up to 30 days past due. Includes mortgage offset accounts.
1
27
17
23
7
25
1
29
18
23
6
24
1
30
19
22
6
22
BehindOn Time< 1 Mth< 1 Yr< 2 Yrs>2 Yrs
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
77
Credit quality
Australian home loan customers ahead on repayments
3
(% by balances)
21
24
27
31
33
35
36
37
39
Ma
r-
14
Se
p-
14
Ma
r-
15
Se
p-
15
Ma
r-
16
Se
p-
16
Ma
r-
17
Se
p-
17
Ma
r-
18
.
Linked to P&I mortgages
Linked to I/O mortgages
•68.5% of Westpac
borrowers are ahead
on their mortgage
repayments
Westpac Australian offset account balances
2
($bn)
12
6
6
24
Mar-18
Investment property loans -
incentivised to keep repayments
high for tax purposes
Accounts opened in the last 12
months
Loans with structural restrictions on
repayments e.g. fixed rate
Residual - less than 1 month
repayment buffer
Loans 'on time' and <1 month ahead (% of balances)
4.44
7.25
3
5
7
9
Mar-14
Sep-14
Mar-15
Sep-15
Mar-16
Sep-16
Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18
Westpac owner occupied SVR inc package
discount
Westpac minimum assessment ('floor') rate
1
Mortgage interest rate buffers (%)
•Borrowers applying
for a mortgage must
be able to service
the higher of either:
7.25% minimum
assessment rate;
or
Product rate plus
2.25% buffer
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Interest only portfolio
1 Flow is based on APRA definition. 2 I/O is interest only mortgage lending. P&I is principal and interest mortgage lending. 3 Interest rates as at 7 March 2018 for Westpac Rocket Repay Home Loan inclusive of Premier Advantage Package discount
assuming loan amount $250,000 - $499,999. 4 Excludes I/O loans that should have switched to P&I but for the previously announced mortgage processing error. 5 Excludes RAMS. Dynamic LVR is the loan-to-value ratio taking into account the
current loan balance, changes in security value, offset account balances and other loan adjustments. Property valuation source Australian Property Monitors.
78
Credit quality
Switching from I/O to P&I
2
($m) I/O
1
flows (% of total)
Scheduled I/O term expiry
4
(% of total I/O loans)
4.44
5.03
4.99
5.50
P&II/OP&II/O
Owner occupiedInvestor
Variable mortgage interest rates
3
(%)
15
7
2
31
18
5
14
7
2
60
32
8
<=60%60%<=80%>80%
Dynamic LVR bands (%)
>$250k
$100k - $250k
<$100k
Applicant gross income bands
Chart does not add due to rounding
Interest only lending by dynamic LVR
5
and income band (%)
3,004
3,447
3,911
3,623
4,261
7,913
4,717
4,044
3Q174Q171Q182Q18
Reached end of I/O periodCustomer initiated
35
23
22
24
43
26
22
23
3Q174Q171Q182Q18
ApplicationsSettlements
APRA 30% limit
at 31 March 2018
14
17
19
16
9
15
10
0<1 Yr1<2 Yrs2<3 Yrs3<4 Yrs4<5 Yrs5<10 Yrs10 Yrs+
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Performance of interest only mortgages
79
Credit quality
1 A surplus requirement measures the extent to which a borrower’s income exceeds loan repayments, expenses and other commitments, as assessed. 2 Weighted average LVR calculation takes into account size of outstanding balances. Excludes
RAMS. 3 Customer loans ahead on payments exclude equity/line of credit products as there are no scheduled principal payments.
Interest only lending
•Interest only (I/O) loans always assessed on a principal and interest basis
–Loans originated prior to 2015 were assessed on a principal and interest basis
over the full contractual term
–Loans originated from 2015 were assessed on a principal and interest basis
over the residual amortising term
•Current serviceability assessments also include an interest rate buffer (at least
2.25%), minimum assessment rate (7.25%) and a requirement to be in surplus
1
•I/O loans are full recourse
Interest only portfolio statistics as at 31 March 2018
•74% weighted average LVR of interest only loans at origination
2
(portfolio)
•65% of customers ahead of repayments (including offset accounts)
2,3
•Offset account balances attached to interest only loans represent 55% of offset
account balances
Interest only portfolio performance as at 31 March 2018
•90+ day delinquencies 58bps (compared to P&I portfolio 73bps)
•Annualised loss rate 2bps (net of insurance claims)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
I/OP&I
Australian mortgage portfolio delinquencies (%)
Australian interest only loan portfolio balances ($m)
Introduced new
hardship treatment
Increase in 90+ day delinquencies
includes impact of decreasing balances of
I/O loans as borrowers switch to P&I and
new flows have declined
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
0
50
100
150
200
250
Nov-14
Jan-15
Mar-15
May-15
Jul-15
Sep-15
Nov-15
Jan-16
Mar-16
May-16
Jul-16
Sep-16
Nov-16
Jan-17
Mar-17
May-17
Jul-17
Sep-17
Nov-17
Jan-18
Mar-18
I/O performing loans balance (lhs)
I/O 90+ day delinquencies balance (rhs)
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Investment property portfolio
80
Credit quality
1 Weighted average LVR calculation takes into account size of outstanding balances. Excludes RAMS. 2 Average LVR of new loans is on rolling 6 month window. 3 Dynamic LVR is the loan-to-value ratio taking into account the current loan balance,
changes in security value, offset account balances and other loan adjustments. Property valuation source Australian Property Monitors. 4 Includes amortisation. 5 Includes RAMS in 1H18. Customer loans ahead on payments exclude equity/line of
credit products as there are no scheduled principal payments. 6 Investor is as per APRA extended definition used for reporting against the 10% cap. 12 month rolling basis.
Investment property lending (IPL) portfolio Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18
Weighted
averages
LVR of IPL loans at origination
1
(%) 73 73 73
LVR of new IPL loans in the period
1,2
(%)
72 72 71
Dynamic
LVR
1,3
of IPL loans (%) 55 54 54
Average loan size
4
($’000) 309 313 318
Customers ahead on repayments
including offset accounts
1,5
(%)
61 59 58
90+ day delinquencies (bps) 47 49 53
Annualised loss rate (net of insurance claims) (bps) 2 3 2
0
10
20
30
40
50
0<=60
60<=7070<=7575<=8080<=8585<=9090<=9595<=97
97+
Owner occupiedIPL
0
5
10
15
20
25
<=50
50<=75
75<=100
100<=125125<=150150<=200200<=500
500<=1m
1m+
Owner occupiedIPL
Investment property portfolio by
number of properties per customer (%)
62
26
7
2
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6+
Investor lending
6
growth remaining <10%
Mortgage lending growth (%)
4.4%
5.5%
9.8%
5.6%
Oct-16
Nov-16Dec-16
Jan-17
Feb-17
Mar-17
Apr-17
May-17
Jun-17
Jul-17
Aug-17Sep-17
Oct-17
Nov-17Dec-17
Jan-18
Feb-18
Mar-18
Investor (APRA Extended definition)Owner occupied
Australian mortgage portfolio at 31 March 2018 Australian mortgage portfolio at 31 March 2018
LVR at origination (%)
Mortgage applications by
gross income band (%)
Chart does not add to 100 due to rounding
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Australian mortgage deep dive
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Portfolio comprised of residential mortgages, excluding RAMS, and business mortgages originated via a separate platform such as construction loans and loans to SMSFs. 2 Dynamic LVR is the loan-to-value ratio taking into account the current
loan balance, changes in security value, offset account balances and other loan adjustments. Property valuation source Australian Property Monitors. 3 Based on a specific Rocket Repay rate offered during the period. Westpac Rocket Repay Home
Loan exclusive of discounts assuming loan amount $250,000 - $499,999. 4 Source, Westpac Economics, CoreLogic. All dwellings Australia - average 8 major capital cities. Prices to March 2018.
Australian mortgage lending
1
by origination date, dynamic LVR
2
and income (%)
81
22
7
2
38
12
4
12
3
1
72
21
7
<6060-80>80
39
6
2
35
7
3
8
1
81
14
5
<6060-80>80
12
13
3
23
25
6
10
7
2
44
45
11
<6060-80>80
% of portfolio at 31 March 2018 21 26 53
Westpac SVR
3
(%) (excl. discounts) 7.86 6.89 – 5.70 5.24
Westpac interest rate buffer (%) 1.80 1.80 2.25
Westpac interest rate floor (%) 6.80 6.80 7.25
House price changes
4
At least 39% 21% – 39% 0 – 21%
<2011 2011-14 2015+
Dynamic LVR
2
bands (%)
>$250k
$100k - $250k
<$100k
Gross income bands
Credit quality
Year of origination
Chart may not add due to rounding
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Lenders mortgage insurance arrangements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 From 18 May 2015 WLMI underwrites all mortgage insurance, where required, on Westpac originated Mortgages. The in-force portfolio of loans includes mortgage insurance provided by external providers. 2 Prudential Capital Requirement (PCR)
calculated in accordance with APRA standards. 3 Insured coverage is net of quota share. 4 Low doc loans no longer sold. Refers to arrangements in place for legacy products. 5 Loss ratio is claims over the total earned premium plus exchange
commission. 6 LMI gross written premium includes loans >90% LVR reinsured with Arch Reinsurance Limited. 1H18 gross written premium includes $62m from the arrangement (2H17: $73m, 1H17: $107m).
Lenders mortgage insurance arrangements Lenders mortgage insurance
82
LVR Band Insurance
•LVR ≤80%
•Low doc
4
LVR ≤60%
Not required
•LVR >80% to ≤ 90%
•Low doc
4
LVR >60% to ≤ 80%
•Where insurance required, insured through captive insurer, WLMI
•LMI not required for certain borrower groups
•Reinsurance arrangements:
−40% risk retained by WLMI
−60% risk transferred through quota share arrangements with Arch Reinsurance
Limited, Tokio Millennium Re, Endurance Re, Everest Re, Trans Re, AWAC and
Capita 2232
•LVR >90% •100% reinsurance through Arch Reinsurance Limited
−Reinsurance arrangements see loans with LVR >90% insured through WLMI with
100% of risk subsequently transferred to Arch Reinsurance Limited
1H17 2H17 1H18
Insurance claims ($m) 3 9 6
WLMI claims ratio
5
(%) 7 27 20
WLMI gross written premiums
6
($m) 141 109 90
Insurance statistics
•Where mortgage insurance is required, mortgages
are insured through Westpac’s captive mortgage
insurer, Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance
1
(WLMI), and reinsured through external LMI
providers, based on risk profile
•WLMI is well capitalised (separate from bank
capital) and subject to APRA regulation. WLMI
targets a capitalisation ratio of 1.2x PCR
2
and has
consistently been above this target
•Scenarios indicate sufficient capital to fund claims
arising from events of severe stress – estimated
losses for WLMI from a 1 in 200 year event are
$110m net of re-insurance recoveries
(2H17: $117m)
84
9
7
Not insured
Insured by third
parties
Insured by WLMI
Westpac’s Australian
mortgage portfolio at 31 March 2018 (%)
3
Credit quality
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Mortgage portfolio stress testing outcomes
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Assumes 30% of LMI claims will be rejected in a stressed scenario. 2 Represents 1H18 actual losses of $48m annualised. 3 Stressed loss rates are calculated as a percentage of mortgage gross loans.
83
Credit quality
Australian mortgage portfolio stress testing
at 31 March 2018
Stressed scenario
Key assumptions Current Year 1 Year 2 Year 3
Portfolio size ($bn) 437 421 413 410
Unemployment rate (%) 5.5 11.6 10.6 9.6
Interest rates (cash rate, %) 1.50 0.25 0.25 0.25
House prices
(% change cumulative)
- (18.5) (29.7) (35.2)
Annual GDP growth (%) 2.7 (3.9) (0.2) 1.7
Stressed loss outcomes (net of LMI recoveries)
1
$ million
96
2
1,186 1,961 725
Basis points
3
2 28 48 18
•Westpac regularly conducts a range of portfolio stress tests as part of its
regulatory and risk management activities
•The Australian mortgage portfolio stress testing scenario assumes a severe
recession and assumes that significant reductions in consumer spending and
business investment lead to six consecutive quarters of negative GDP growth.
This results in a material increase in unemployment and nationwide falls in
property and other asset prices
•In 1H18 the percentage decline of house prices has been increased in the
economic scenario to better align with assumptions used across the industry
•Estimated Australian housing portfolio losses under these stressed conditions are
manageable and within the Group’s risk appetite and capital base
−Cumulative total losses of $3.5bn over three years for the uninsured portfolio
(FY17: $2.9bn)
−Cumulative claims on LMI, both WLMI and external insurers, of $911m over the
three years (FY17: $762m)
−Peak loss rate in year 2 has increased (48bps compared to 41bps at FY17)
mainly due to the increase in the severity of house price decline through the
severe scenario
−WLMI separately conducts stress testing to test the sufficiency of its capital
position to cover mortgage claims arising from a stressed mortgage
environment
•Capital targets incorporate buffers at the Westpac Group level that also consider
the combined impact on the mortgage portfolio and WLMI of severe stress
scenarios
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Capital, Funding
and Liquidity
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
30
29
30
32
34
37
38
37
39
38
40
41
43
42
44
9.0
8.4
8.8
9.0
9.5
10.2
10.5
10.1
9.5
9.3
10.0
10.0
10.6
10.1
10.5
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
Sep-14Dec-14
Mar-15
Jun-15
Sep-15Dec-15
Mar-16
Jun-16
Sep-16Dec-16
Mar-17
Jun-17
Sep-17Dec-17
Mar-18
Westpac CET1 capital (lhs, $bn)
Westpac CET1 capital ratio (rhs, %)
Well positioned for “Unquestionably strong”
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Domestic systemically important bank. 2 APRA’s revision to the calculation of RWA for Australian residential mortgages, which came into effect on 1 July 2016.
CET1 capital ratio (%) and CET1 capital ($bn)
(APRA basis)
Highlights
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
$bn %
APRA industry
guidelines 10.5%
unquestionably strong
10.5% CET1
ratio
RWA
movements
Well placed for
APRA’s
unquestionably
strong
benchmark
2H18 capital
developments
•CET1 capital ratio down 6bps from Sep 2017
•RWA increase from regulatory model changes
and portfolio growth partly offset by organic
capital generation
•RWA increased 3% mostly in credit risk
•Credit RWA up 3% mostly from regulatory model
changes
•10.5% unquestionably strong benchmark
•Proposed changes to framework released Feb
2018
•Impact studies to be concluded over 2018 and
2019, finalisation in 2019
•$566m of preference share conversion to
ordinary shares (~14bps increase)
•RWA headwinds ~30bps CET1 impact
Operational risk model overlay approximates
standardised approach (~$7.5bn RWA)
Modelling updates for mortgages
(~$4.0bn RWA)
•No material impact from transition to AASB 9
Impact of APRA’s
changes to
mortgage RWA
2
Building for 1%
DSIB
1
buffer
85
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Clarity on changes to the capital framework
are expected to emerge over 2018-2019
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1H18 2H18 2021 2020 2019
New Basel III framework Consult Finalise Implementation
Counterparty credit risk Finalise
Implement – 1 July
2019
Leverage ratio Consult Finalise
Implement – 1 July
2019
Standardised approach
to credit risk
Consult Consult and finalise Implementation
Advanced approach to
credit risk capital
Consult Consult and finalise Implementation
Measurement of capital Consult Finalise Implementation
Related party exposures Consult Finalise Implementation
Loss absorbing capacity Commence consult
86
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
10.5
12.8
14.8
16.1
19.1
21.7
CET1Tier 1Total
regulatory
capital
CET1Tier 1Total
regulatory
capital
CET1 capital ratio, top quartile globally
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Internationally comparable methodology aligns with the APRA study titled ‘International Capital Comparison Study’ dated 13 July 2015. For more details on adjustments refer page 91. 2 Group 1 banks BIS 75
th
percentile fully phased-in Basel III capital ratios from BIS monitoring report released 6 March 2018.
Key capital ratios (%) Capital ratios
BIS 75
th
percentile
2
APRA basis
Internationally comparable
1
basis
Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18
CET1 capital ratio 10.0 10.6 10.5
Additional Tier 1 capital 1.7 2.1 2.3
Tier 1 capital ratio 11.7 12.7 12.8
Tier 2 capital 2.3 2.1 2.0
Total regulatory capital ratio 14.0 14.8 14.8
Risk weighted assets (RWA)
($bn) 404 404 416
Leverage ratio 5.3 5.7 5.8
Internationally comparable ratios
1
Leverage ratio (internationally comparable) 6.0 6.3 6.4
CET1 capital ratio (internationally
comparable)
15.3 16.2 16.1
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
87
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
9.97
10.56
102
10.50
16.13
(70)
(8)
(5)
(22)
(2)
(1)
Mar-17
APRA
Sep-17
APRA
Cash
earnings
Final
dividend
(net of DRP)
Ordinary
RWA
growth
Other
movements
Regulatory
modelling
changes
FX
translation
impact
Defined
benefit
impact
Mar-18
APRA
Mar-18
Int. Comp.
CET1 capital ratio movements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Internationally comparable methodology aligns with the APRA study titled ‘International Capital Comparison Study’ dated 13 July 2015.
CET1 capital ratio (% and bps)
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
Down 6 basis points
Mainly growth in credit
RWAs for mortgages
Organic +19bps
Other -25bps
1
Mostly modelling changes
for retail and securitisation
88
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
RWA increased from modelling changes and portfolio growth
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Movement in risk weighted assets ($bn)
Movement in credit risk weighted assets ($bn)
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
404.4
404.2
12.1
1.8
415.7
(0.7)
(0.4)
(1.3)
Mar-17Sep-17Credit riskMarket
risk
IRRBBOperational
risk
OtherMar-18
Up $11.5bn or 2.8%
Spread risk on the liquids portfolio
and repricing and yield curve risk
352.7
349.3
3.4
1.2
6.0
0.9
0.6 361.4
Mar-17Sep-17Business growthFX translation
impacts
Regulatory modelling
changes
Credit quality and
portfolio mix
Mark-to-marketMar-18
Up $12.1bn or 3.5%
Modelling changes for
retail and securitisation
See below
89
Translation impact,
mostly NZ$ loans
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Well placed on internationally comparable
CET1 and leverage ratios
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Peer group comprises listed commercial banks with assets in excess of A$700bn and which have disclosed fully implemented Basel III ratios or provided sufficient disclosure to estimate. Based on company reports/
presentations. Ratios at 31 Dec 2017, except for Westpac and ANZ which are at 31 Mar 2018, while Scotiabank, Bank of Montreal, Royal Bank of Canada and Toronto Dominion are at 31 Jan 2018. NAB CET1 ratio at
31 Mar 2018 and leverage ratio at 30 Sept 2017. For CET1, assumes Basel III capital reforms fully implemented. Leverage ratio is on a transitional basis. Where accrued expected dividends have been deducted,
these have been added back for comparability. US banks are excluded from leverage ratio analysis due to business model differences, for example from loans sold to US Government sponsored enterprises.
Common equity Tier 1 ratio (%)
Leverage ratio (%)
16.13%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
Nordea
Norinchukin Bank
CBA
ANZ
Westpac
RBS
Rabobank
BPCE
ING Group
HSBC
Lloyds
NAB
Commerzbank
Intesa Sanpaolo
Deutsche Bank
Standard Chartered
Unicredit
Barclays
Sumitomo Mitsui
China Construction Bank
Credit Suisse
ICBC
BNP Paribas
Citigroup
Credit Agricole SA
Mitsubishi UFG
JPMorgan Chase
China Merchants Bank
Mizuho FG
Wells Fargo
Societe Generale
Natixis
Bank of America
BBVA
Scotiabank
Bank of China
Bank of Montreal
Santander
Royal Bank of Canada
Bank of Communications
Agricultural Bank of China
Toronto Dominion Bank
6.39%
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
China Construction Bank
ICBC
Bank of China
Bank of Communications
Intesa Sanpaolo
BBVA
Westpac
China Merchants Bank
Agricultural Bank of China
ANZ
CBA
HSBC
Rabobank
NAB
Norinchukin Bank
RBS
Standard Chartered
Nordea
Unicredit
Credit Suisse
Lloyds
Commerzbank
Santander
BPCE
Mitsubishi UFG
Sumitomo Mitsui
BNP Paribas
ING Group
Barclays
Scotiabank
Credit Agricole SA
Societe Generale
Bank of Montreal
Mizuho FG
Royal Bank of Canada
Toronto Dominion Bank
Deutsche Bank
Natixis
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
90
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Internationally comparable capital ratio reconciliation
1 Methodology aligns with the APRA study titled “International capital comparison study", dated 13 July 2015.
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
(%)
Westpac’s CET1 capital ratio (APRA basis)
10.5
Equity investments Balances below prescribed threshold are risk weighted, compared to a 100% CET1 deduction under APRA’s requirements 0.5
Deferred tax assets Balances below prescribed threshold are risk weighted, compared to a 100% CET1 deduction under APRA’s requirements 0.3
Interest rate risk in the banking
book (IRRBB)
APRA requires capital to be held for IRRBB. The BCBS does not have a Pillar 1 capital requirement for IRRBB 0.4
Residential mortgages
Loss given default (LGD) of 15%, compared to the 20% LGD floor under APRA’s requirements. APRA also applies a
correlation factor for mortgages higher than the 15% factor prescribed in the Basel rules
1.8
Unsecured non-retail exposures LGD of 45%, compared to the 60% or higher LGD under APRA’s requirements 0.7
Non-retail undrawn commitments Credit conversion factor of 75%, compared to 100% under APRA’s requirements 0.5
Specialised lending
Use of internal-ratings based (IRB) probabilities of default (PD) and LGDs for income producing real estate and project
finance exposures, reduced by application of a scaling factor of 1.06. APRA applies higher risk weights under a supervisory
slotting approach, but does not require the application of the scaling factors
0.8
Currency conversion threshold
Increase in the A$ equivalent concessional threshold level for small business retail and small to medium enterprise
corporate exposures
0.2
Capitalised expenses
APRA requires these items to be deducted from CET1. The BCBS only requires exposures classified as intangible assets
under relevant accounting standards to be deducted from CET1
0.4
Internationally comparable CET1 capital ratio 16.1
Internationally comparable Tier 1 capital ratio 19.1
Internationally comparable total regulatory capital ratio 21.7
APRA’s Basel III capital requirements are more conservative than those of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS), leading to lower reported
capital ratios by Australian banks. In July 2015, APRA published a study that compared the major banks’ capital ratios against a set of international peers
1
.
The following details the adjustments from this study and how Westpac’s APRA Basel III CET1 capital ratio aligns to an internationally comparable ratio
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
91
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Optimising returns by actively managing capital
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Average interest-earning assets. 2 Divisional capital and divisional ROE for 1H17 and 2H17 have been restated to enable comparability with 1H18.
•ROE is a key measure of performance for the
Group and across divisions
•Westpac seeking to achieve a ROE of 13 - 14%
Incorporates a margin above the cost of
capital
Generates sufficient capital for growth
•Group ROE 37bps higher compared to 2H17
with cash earnings up 5% and average equity
up 3%
•Leverage lower from the increased average
ordinary equity (AOE)
•Divisional capital allocation refined in 2018
$6bn additional capital allocated to divisions
Prior periods restated to enable
comparability to 1H18
•Key changes included:
Higher capital allocated to Consumer Bank
and Business Bank, principally due to more
capital being allocated to mortgages
A reduction in capital allocated to WIB from
lower risk weights for certain corporate
exposures
Return on equity (ROE) is important Return on AIEA
1
(%) Divisional capital and ROE
2
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
92
Allocated capital ($bn) 1H17 2H17 1H18
Total Group (including
intangibles)
57.7 59.4 61.1
Consumer Bank 14.1 16.4 17.6
Business Bank 11.9 11.9 12.5
BTFG 3.5 3.6 3.5
WIB 9.2 8.4 8.2
Westpac NZ (A$) 4.6 4.6 4.6
Return on equity (%) 1H17
2H17
1H18
Total Group
14.0 13.6 14.0
Consumer Bank 17.1 16.0 16.1
Business Bank 13.1 14.2 14.1
BTFG 13.6 12.5 14.4
WIB 12.9 11.7 12.6
Westpac NZ (A$) 17.1 18.8 17.4
2007
1H17
2H17
1H18
Net interest
margin
2.16 2.07 2.10 2.17
Non-interest
income
1.29 0.82 0.73 0.74
Operating
expenses
(1.55) (1.21) (1.21) (1.22)
Impairment
charges
(0.16) (0.13) (0.09) (0.10)
Tax and non-
controlling
interests
(0.53) (0.47) (0.47) (0.48)
Cash earnings
(return on AIEA)
1.20 1.08 1.06 1.11
Leverage
(AIEA/AOE)
19.9x 12.9x 12.8x 12.6x
Return on equity 23.84 13.95 13.59 13.96
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Well progressed on FY18 term funding, $21bn raised to date
1 Based on residual maturity and FX spot currency translation. Includes all debt issuance with contractual maturity greater than 13 months excluding US Commercial Paper and Yankee Certificates of Deposit. 2 Westpac public benchmark
transactions and excludes ASX-listed Additional Tier 1 transaction. 3 Contractual maturity date for hybrids and callable subordinated instruments is the first scheduled conversion date or call date for the purposes of this disclosure. 4 Tenor
excludes RMBS and ABS. 5 Perpetual sub-debt has been included in >FY23 maturity bucket. Maturities exclude securitisation amortisation.
65
20
5
8
3
By type
Senior unsecuredCovered bonds
SecuritisationHybrid
Subordinated debt
20
29
21
23
8
By investor location
2
Asia & Middle EastAustralia & NZ
EuropeNorth America
UK
40
29
20
4
7
By currency
AUDUSDEUR
GBPOther
33
31
42
37
21
12
28
27
29
21
12
28
FY14FY15FY16FY17FY18
YTD
FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23
>FY23
Sub debtSenior/SecuritisationHybridCovered bond
Issuance Maturities
Charts may not add to 100 due to rounding.
remaining
New term issuance composition
1
(%)
Term debt issuance and maturity profile
1,3,5
($bn)
93
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
11
33
56
By tenor
3,4
3 Years5 Years
>5 years
7
4
8
25
30
25
17
11
44
40
45
30
33
18
25
28
43
56
FY14FY15FY16FY171H18
>5years
5 years
4 years
3 years
2 years
1 years
4.7yrs 4.9yrs 5.4yrs 5.8yrs
New term issuance by tenor
3,4
(%)
7.0yrs
WAM
4
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Funding and liquidity metrics
1 Includes long term wholesale funding with a residual maturity less than or equal to 1 year. 2 Equity excludes FX translation, Available-for-Sale securities and Cash Flow Hedging Reserves. 3 LCR is calculated as the percentage ratio of stock of
HQLA and CLF over the total net cash outflows in a modelled 30 day defined stressed scenario. Calculated on a spot basis. HQLA includes HQLA as defined in APS 210, RBNZ eligible liquids, less RBA open repos funding end of day ESA balances
with the RBA. Committed Liquidity Facility or CLF is made available to Australian Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions by the RBA that, subject to qualifying conditions, can be accessed to meet LCR requirements under APS210 – Liquidity. Other flows
include credit and liquidity facilities, collateral outflows and inflows from customers. 4 Other includes derivatives and other assets. 5 Other loans includes off balance sheet exposures and residential mortgages >35% risk weight. 6 NSFR as at 30
September 2017 was estimated based on APRA guidelines. NSFR became effective in Australia on 1 January 2018.
94
Funding composition by residual maturity (%)
44
62
62
5
8
8
1
1
1
10
11
12
4
4
4
20
8
8
16
6
5
Sep-08Sep-17Mar-18
Wholesale Onshore <1yr
Wholesale Offshore <1yr
Wholesale Onshore >1yr
Wholesale Offshore >1yr
Securitisation
Equity
Customer deposits
Net stable funding ratio at 31 March 2018 (NSFR, $bn)
Available Stable FundingRequired Stable Funding
594
529
Capital
Retail &
SME
deposits
Corporate &
Institutional
deposits
Wholesale
funding and
other liabilities
Residential
mortgages
≤35% risk
weight
Other
loans
5
Liquids
and other
4
Liquidity coverage ratio
3
(%)
98.0
121.0
96.0
129.0
Net cash outflowsLiquid assetsNet cash outflowsLiquid assets
LCR 124% LCR 134%
30 September 2017 31 March 2018
Customer deposits High Quality Liquid Assets
Wholesale funding Committed Liquidity Facility
Other flows
NSFR
30 Sep 2017
6
109%
31 Mar 2018 112%
2
1
1
Capital, Funding and Liquidity
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Divisional Results
In the divisional results, prior periods financial results have been restated to
ensure they are reported on the same basis as 1H18
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Consumer Bank – growing the franchise
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Refer page 137 for metric definition and details of provider.
1,531
1,624
79
60
1,717
(3)
(3)
(40)
1H172H17
Net interest income
Non-interest income
Operating expenses
Impairment charges
Tax and NCI
1H18
1H17 2H17 1H18
Change on
2H17
Revenue ($m)
4,110 4,341 4,417
2%
Net interest margin (%)
2.27 2.36 2.37
1bp
Expense to income (%)
40.2 39.8 39.2
(61bps)
Customer deposit to loan ratio (%)
52.8 53.1 52.7
(40bps)
Stressed assets to TCE (%)
0.66 0.64 0.65
1bp
1H17 2H17 1H18
Change
on 2H17
Total customers (#m)
9.0 9.2 9.3 1%
Active digital customers (#m)
3.8 4.0 4.1 3%
Total branches (#)
1,059 1,046 1,025
(21)
Customer satisfaction
1
7.6
(=2
nd
)
7.6
(=2
nd
)
7.6
(=2
nd
)
-
Net promoter score (NPS)
1
6mma
-2.5 (3
rd
) 0.9 (4
th
) 0.3 (3
rd
)
Up 1 place
Key operating metrics
Key financial metrics Cash earnings ($m)
96
Consumer
AIEA up 2%, margin up 1bp from improved
term deposit spreads and lower wholesale
funding costs, partly offset by a change in
mortgage portfolio mix and full period impact
of the Bank Levy
Lower ATM and transaction fees,
lower credit card interchange fees,
partly offset by provisions for
customer payments and refunds in
2H17 not repeated
Up $93m or 6%
Driven by reduction in
unsecured loans
impairments
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
A disciplined 1H18 performance
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Revenue per FTE ($’000) Loans ($bn) & deposit to loan ratio (%) Expense to income ratio (%)
Core earnings ($m) Cash earnings ($m) Revenue ($m)
97
Consumer
4,025
4,106
4,110
4,341
4,417
1H162H161H172H171H18
2,367
2,452
2,459
2,614
2,687
1H162H161H172H171H18
1,459
1,552
1,531
1,624
1,717
1H162H161H172H171H18
41.2
40.3
40.2
39.8
39.2
1H162H161H172H171H18
395
401
398
422
428
1H162H161H172H171H18
341
353
360
370
379
52.2
52.5
52.8
53.1
52.7
Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
LoansCustomer deposit to loan ratio
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Improving the customer experience through digital and new products
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
98
Consumer
Concierge tool New ways of connecting - Alexa Making digital easier
Wearables Payments via Sharing Rewarding customers
•A tablet based tool that allows bankers to
identify and attend to customer needs while
improving appointment workflow
•Supports the increased digitisation of the
branch network and enables banker mobility
•Pilot underway, on track to commence roll out
to St.George branches in Second Half 2018
•Access account balance, recent spending
history, and reward points status with
Amazon’s virtual assistant – Alexa
•Financial market updates available for
customers to include in their daily news feed
•Launched PayWear, a wearable, waterproof
payments device providing a hands free way
to pay without needing to carry a wallet or a
phone. 45,000 on issue at March 2018
•Fitbit MasterCard launched Dec 2017
•iMessaging Make
payments, obtain cardless
cash code and share
account details using
iPhone iMessage app
•Enabling customers to
use internet banking from
day 1
•A further 500k accounts
elected e-statements
during 1H18
•Almost 800k St.George
customers elected to
receive correspondence
electronically in 1H18
•Westpac Extras Rewards & Offers provides
debit and credit card customers with merchant
discounts and rewards, via Westpac Live
•Launched in March 2018, ~900k unique visits
in first month
•Average $7.5k per week in cashback offers
redeemed by customers since launch
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Business Bank, another solid result
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Refer page 137 for metric definition and details of provider.
958
1,045
46
5
6
1,080
(9)
(13)
1H172H17
Net interest income
Non-interest income
Operating expenses
Impairment charges
Tax and NCI
1H18
1H17 2H17 1H18
Change
on 2H17
Revenue ($m)
2,467 2,559 2,610
2%
Net interest margin (%)
2.70 2.74 2.78
4bps
Expense to income (%) 36.4 36.0 35.6
(36bps)
Customer deposit to loan ratio (%)
69.9 71.6 71.4
(23bps)
Stressed assets to TCE (%)
2.29 2.13 2.48
35bps
1H17 2H17 1H18
Change
on 2H17
Total business customers (‘000’s)
1,049 1,073 1,085
1%
Customer satisfaction
1
(rank)
=#1 #1 #1
-
Customer satisfaction - SME
1
(rank)
#2 #1 #1
-
Customers migrated to simplified
products (‘000’s)
n/a 110 257
147
Key operating metrics
Key financial metrics Cash earnings ($m)
99
Business
Margins up 4bps from improved
deposit spreads and repricing of some
mortgages in the prior year
Higher line fees
Lower impaired downgrades
in the commercial portfolio
Increased
regulatory and
compliance costs
Up $35m or 3%
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
A disciplined 1H18 performance
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Revenue per FTE ($’000) Loans ($bn) & deposit to loan ratio (%) Expense to income ratio (%)
Core earnings ($m) Cash earnings
($m) Revenue ($m)
100
Business
2,408
2,447
2,467
2,559
2,610
1H162H161H172H171H18
1,523
1,558
1,570
1,638
1,680
1H162H161H172H171H18
931
954
958
1,045
1,080
1H162H161H172H171H18
36.8
36.3
36.4
36.0
35.6
1H162H161H172H171H18
791
780
775
811
826
1H162H161H172H171H18
142
146
146
149
152
67.1
68.6
69.9
71.6
71.4
Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
LoansCustomer deposit to loan ratio
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Transforming the Business Bank
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
eDocs for Westpac SME bankers
•Launched eDocs to reduce loan deal preparation time
and accelerate customer acceptance, resulting in a
faster time to cash
Industry insights and risk grading
•Through Optimist, our credit risk management tool,
bankers can prepare file reviews more efficiently,
better assess customer financial needs and provide
insights to customers based on industry benchmarks
•Currently providing this service for the legal sector
and rolling out to further industries in 2H18
LOLA for St.George
•Expanded the Group’s online lending origination
platform (LOLA) to St.George SME bankers
•The system simplifies and speeds up loan origination
Investing in bankers
101
Investment in digital capabilities continues to support
growth of digital channels
New online capabilities include:
•Ability to open savings or transaction accounts
online and unlock a debit card in less than 5 minutes
for existing single director and sole trader customers
in St.George
•Customers can maintain and update details and
manage access to their accounts by third parties.
Over 1,000 banker-intensive work requests have
been automated
Digital for customers
Presto Smart
•An integrated payment solution enabling merchants
to link payments from a range of sources to their
payment terminal
•Removes the need for manual input and
reconciliations and speeds up the sales process
Targeted product range
•Continue to streamline and simplify deposit products,
making it easier for customers and bankers
•147,000 customers moved to simpler deposit
products in 1H18
Simpler merchant pricing
•Launched a simpler pricing plan for St.George
customers’ merchant terminals
Payment and transaction solutions
Business
Empowering more customers
with online capabilities such as
account opening, overdraft
access and servicing
Helping customers take
and make payments, meet cash
flow shortfalls and manage
payables and receivables
Enabling bankers to build great
customer relationships through industry
insights, paperless processes, simplified
products and innovative technologies
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
379
368
53
26
404
(11)
(12)
(12)
(19)
1H17
Cash earnings impact
of BTIM sell down
1H17
Funds Management
Income
Insurance income
Capital and other
income
Expenses
Tax and NCI
1H18
BTFG, a leading wealth provider responding to industry change
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Includes $11m of revenue ($4m cash earnings) from the management of Group Insurance for BTFG Corporate Super. 2 Represents income on invested capital required for regulatory purposes primarily for Life Insurance entities. 3 Refer page 137
for wealth metrics provider. 4 Strategic Insight, All Master Funds Admin at Dec 17 (for 1H18), at Jun 17 (for 2H17), at Dec 16 (for 1H17) and represents the BT market share at these times. 5 Strategic Insight (Individual Risk) rolling 12 month average.
New sales includes sales, premium re-rates, age and CPI indexation Dec 17. 6 At 1 Jan 18, Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited became the preferred insurer for BTFG Corporate Super members. Life insurance in-force premium at Mar 18
consists $1,000m retail, $276m Group Life Insurance (2H17: $993m retail, $75m Group Life insurance; 1H17: $966 m, $64m Group Life insurance). 7 Internally calculated from APRA quarterly general insurance performance statistics, Dec 17.
1H17 2H17 1H18
Change
on 2H17
Revenue ($m)
1,131 1,124 1,183
5%
Expense to income (%)
52.1% 54.3% 50.8%
Large
Total funds ($bn) (spot)
191.5 191.4 197.7
3%
Loans ($bn) (spot)
19.3 20.1 20.8
3%
Deposits ($bn) (spot)
29.7 30.7 31.7
3%
1H17 2H17 1H18
Change
on 2H17
Customers with a wealth product
3
(%) 18 18 18 (4bps)
Planners (salaried & aligned) (#) (spot)
1,094 1,011 939 (7%)
Platform FUA market share
4
(inc. Corp Super) (%)
19 19 18 (50bps)
Platform gross flows market share
4
(inc. Corp Super) (%)
20 21 21 40bps
Life Insurance market share
5
(%)
12 12 11 (40bps)
Life Insurance in-force premiums
6
($m)
1,030 1,068 1,276 19%
H&C insurance market share
7
(%)
6 6 6 (20bps)
General Insurance gross written premiums ($m) 250 258 251 (3%)
Key operating metrics ($m)
Key financial metrics Cash earnings ($m)
102
BT Financial Group
2
Up $36m or 10%
Loans up 8%, deposits up 7%,
average funds up 8%. Partly
offset by margin compression
and lower Advice revenue
Higher insurance premiums
Retail Life in-force: up 4%
H&C GWP: up 4%
Lower weather related claims
1
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Sound fundamentals
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Includes CCI gross written premiums of $16m in 1H18 (2H17:$21m; 1H17:$25m; 2H16:$25m; 1H16:$24m) 2 Retail Platforms market share sourced from Strategic Insight, All Master Funds Admin segment and represents the BT Wealth business
market share disclosed in Strategic Insight as at December 2017. 3 Strategic Insights December 2017. 4 Market share is Retail life insurance new sales.
Life insurance lapse rates
3
(%) Life insurance market share
3,4
(%) Retail platforms market share
2,3
(%)
Insurance premiums ($m) Insurance claims rates (%) Funds ($bn)
103
BT Financial Group
245
258
250
258
251
868
910
966
993
1,000
59
63
64
75
276
927
973
1,030
1,068
1,276
1H162H161H172H171H18
Group in-force premiums
Retail in-force premiums
General Insurance gross written premiums¹
50
49
71
35
54
34
38 38
35
44
1H162H161H172H171H18
General InsuranceLife Insurance
Dec-13Dec-14Dec-15Dec-16Dec-17
WBCPeer 1
Peer 2Avg next top 4
Dec-13Dec-14Dec-15Dec-16Dec-17
WBCPeer 1
Peer 2Market Avg
Dec-13Dec-14Dec-15Dec-16Dec-17
WBCPeer 1
Peer 2Avg next top 4
102.5
108.9
113.3
115.3
118.6
33.0
34.4
35.8
36.2
37.4
30.6
32.1
38.4
36.4
38.0
3.6
3.8
4.0
3.5
3.7
169.7
179.2
191.5
191.4
197.7
Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
PlatformsSuperannuationPackaged fundsOther
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Digitally enhancing customer experiences
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 As at 26 April 2018. 2 For strategies covered under BT Assure. 3 Change is on 1H18 vs 1H17. 4 Canstar April 2018.
104
Digitising insurance
Home and contents (H&C)
insurance policies are now
accessible online providing
customers access to more
sophisticated and tailored
solutions
Tablet and mobile capability
launched in June 2017
41%
3
H&C online sales
8%
3
Motor and travel
online sales
New claims & product admin platform;
new front end online service solutions for
Life insurance products
Digital interface with medical
professional; launch of Medical
e-Certificate – ‘e-Cert’.
TFN on file, usage allowed
“World Finance Global Insurance Award” – World Finance,
3
rd
year running
“Life Insurance Company of the Year”- Australian Insurance Awards
“Best Claims Outcome & Customer Experience” – Australian
Insurance Awards
“Underwriting team of the Year” - AFA/Strategic Insights Awards
“Best Application Process” - AFA/Strategic Insights Awards
Customer offering enhancements
BT SuperCheck allows customers to
search for their lost super in 60 seconds
with results straight to their phone
$267m
Funds rolled over
through SuperCheck
in 1H18
131
Super Invest accounts
active on Panorama
since launch
1
Statement of Advice
(SOA) produced in
5days
2
BT Assure is a tool delivering
advice digitally improving
customer outcomes and
advisor productivity
BT Super Invest is a direct
superannuation product that launched on
13 March 2018 and allows customers to
be more involved in managing their
investments
“Best HNW Private Banking Company – Australia & Excellence
Award in Wealth ” – International Finance Awards
“Outstanding Private Bank $1M - $10M plus – Westpac Private
Bank” – Australian Business Banking Awards
“Heron Partnership - 5 Star Quality Rating” – awarded to Asgard
Elements, eWRAP and Infinity Super and Pension
Winner of the
CANSTAR
Innovation
Excellence
Award
4
BT Financial Group
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Panorama: an innovative wealth management system
for customers and advisors
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Unique end-to-end solution
from establishment,
administration to reporting
Personal Super for advised
and direct customers
Investment, superannuation
and pension with integrated
insurance
One Core
operating
system
One of the first platforms to
support complex account types
online, such as SMSFs
105
BT Financial Group
4,274
6,640
11,778
17,608
Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
2,719
3,936
6,713
9,363
Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
2,173
3,217
4,305
5,332
Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
834
969
1,355
1,584
Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Up 244%
Up 90% Up 145%
Up 312%
FUA on Panorama ($m) Investors on Panorama (#)
SMSF funds on Panorama (#) Advisers using Panorama (#)
A direct investment offer,
integrated with Westpac Live
“Best Technology Offering”
2018 Conexus Financial Superannuation
Awards
Insurance
Super
SMSFs
Investments
•$9.4bn - FUA on the Panorama platform
•“Click to Chat” – enhancing digital capabilities
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
WIB performance reflects continued disciplined execution
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 WIB customer revenue is lending revenue, deposit revenue, sales and fee income. Excludes trading, derivative valuation adjustments and Hastings. 2 Excludes Westpac Pacific revenue and FTE.
Key operating metrics
Key financial metrics Cash earnings ($m)
106
Westpac Institutional Bank
629
530
551
3
5
9
4
flat
1H172H17
Net interest income
Non-interest income
Operating expenses
Impairment charges
Tax and NCI
1H18
Higher markets income
offset by the timing of
fees in Hastings
Disciplined growth in
lending (up 3%) and
deposits (up 7%)
NIM 4bps lower
Continued sound
asset quality
Up $21m or 4%
1H17 2H17 1H18
Change on
2H17
Revenue ($m)
1,614 1,421 1,424 -
Net interest margin (NIM) (%)
1.56 1.62 1.58 (4bps)
Expense to income ratio (%)
41.6 47.9 47.4 (45bps)
Customer deposit to loan ratio (%)
137.6 124.3 130.0 large
Stressed assets to TCE (%)
0.59 0.55 0.52 (3bps)
1H17 2H17 1H18
Change on
2H17
Customer revenue
1
/ total revenue (%) 78.5 86.7 87.1 40bps
Trading revenue / total revenue (%) 15.2 5.0 11.3 large
Revenue per FTE ($’000)
2
888 791 794 -
Deposits ($bn) 98.5 92.1 98.9 7%
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Maintaining focus on returns, balance sheet in good shape
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Deposits
•Deposits up 7% due to
growth in Australian term
deposits and offshore term
deposits, supporting lending
growth in Asia
Net loans
•3% increase in loans
primarily reflects lending to
support customers in Asia
Margin
•Net interest margin declined
4 basis points to 1.58%
primarily from the full period
impact of the Bank Levy
(3 basis points)
ROE
•Continued balance sheet
and RWA discipline reflected
in 1H18 return on average
equity 12.6% (2H17: 11.7%)
•WIB portfolio continues
to see low levels of
stress
•Impaired assets to TCE
0.04%, down 3bps, with
no new large impaired
assets emerging over
1H18
•Impairment provisions
to impaired assets
Mar-18: 63.7%
Sep-17: 46.5%
Mar-17: 66.6%
Expense control Disciplined balance sheet management
107
4.6
2.6
2.1
1.2
0.9
0.8
0.9
0.6
0.5
.
Watchlist & substandard
90+ days past due and not impaired
Impaired
Westpac Institutional Bank
Stressed exposures as a % of TCE
WIB expenses ($m)
•Expenses down 1%
reflecting both ongoing
discipline and productivity
initiatives, including
refinement of the division’s
operating model
71.6
74.1
76.1
81.7
78.2
77.3
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Net loansRWA
98.5
92.1
98.9
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
WIB deposits ($bn)
WIB net loans and RWA ($bn)
671
680
675
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Portfolio stress remains at historically low levels
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
To replace icon, simply select and
delete the icon and replace with one
from the ‘Editable Elements’ section of
this template.
Building on the strength of our franchise with
a focus on transactional banking and liquidity management
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
108
Westpac Institutional Bank
First Half 2018
Franchise
Strength
Banker to 91% of the ASX top 100
99.8% transactional banking retention
rate
1
Largest banker to the Australian/NZ public
sector, providing significant scale and
ability to reinvest in capabilities
Retained Government contracts
•Victorian Government extended its banking
contract with Westpac for a further 2 years
Public infrastructure expertise
•Lead arranger and underwriter on Melbourne's
$6 billion Metro Tunnel Project PPP and lead
arranger on the $1.8 billion Western Roads
Upgrade PPP
Supporting infrastructure development
•More than $1 billion new funding commitments
supporting over $9.5bn in capital investment in
Australian infrastructure and energy projects
Committed to clean energy targets
•Leading bank supporting new large scale
renewable energy projects (by funding
commitments)
2
•Financed over 800MW of new renewable energy
projects, which when complete, will generate
electricity to power over 500,000 homes
Developing solutions for customers to
enhance data management capabilities
and increase efficiency
Digitising sales, service, and back-office
processes
Market-leading straight through
processing for FX transactions
Track record of delivering innovative
industry and policy solutions
Significant transactional banking
investment
Partnering with fintechs to deliver new
technologies and increase delivery speed
Enhanced liquidity and working capital
management
•New digital liquidity management platform will
make it easier for corporate and institutional
customers to manage their liquidity and
working capital
•Customers will have the capabilities of a bank
“in-house”, including account opening, liquidity
transfers between subsidiaries and other legal
entities, intra-day sweeps, payments and
collections
•Will provide a single view of cash positions
across the whole organisation
•Giving greater flexibility and control over
banking through an intuitive, user-friendly
interface
First to market with Corporate Loan Portal
•Online portal providing customers with greater
visibility and control over their loans, now with
150 customers in the pipeline
Insights-driven analytics
•Westpac Institutional Data Analytics is partnering
with State Governments, providing data science
services to support transport infrastructure
planning and the promotion of key industries
including tourism
•150 APIs developed through Qvalent in the last
year to enable flexibility and customisation of
payments, receivables, and reconciliation
reporting
New technologies
•Successful testing of bank guarantees using
distributed ledger technology
Payment solutions for Government and
Education sectors
•Over 1 million online transactions processed for
the NSW Department of Education in 2017,
almost double 2016 volumes
•Enables parents in more than half of all NSW
schools to make online payments, reducing cash
in schools and cash handling costs
1 Transactional banking relationships retention rate defined as the percentage of transactional relationships at the start of 1H18 that were retained through to the end of the period. 2 Source: IJ Global League Tables.
Service Efficiency Innovation
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
NZ transformation delivering
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Refer page 137 for metric definition.
463
508
23
7
19
482
(8)
(67)
1H172H17
Net interest income
Non-interest income
Operating expenses
Impairment charges
Tax and NCI
1H18
1H17 2H17 1H18
Change on
2H17
Revenue (NZ$m)
1,098 1,151 1,166
1%
Net interest margin (%)
1.96 2.09 2.15
6bps
Expense to income (%) 44.4 41.3 40.1
(113bps)
Customer deposit to loan ratio (%)
74.2 75.5 77.9
233bps
Stressed assets to TCE (%)
2.41 2.06 1.86 (20bps)
1H17 2H17 1H18
Change on
2H17
Customers (#m) 1.36 1.35 1.36 0.01
Branches
170 169 164 (5)
Consumer NPS
1
6 2 9 +7
Business NPS
1
10 5 17 +12
Agri NPS
1
43 54 52 (2)
FUM and FUA (NZ$bn) (spot)
9.7 10.1 10.3 2%
Service quality – complaints (000’s) 11.4 9.6 8.5
(11%)
Key operating metrics
Key financial metrics Cash earnings (NZ$m)
109
New Zealand
Down $26m or 5%
Loans up 2%, deposits up 5%.
Margins higher from repricing of
mortgages and business lending,
partly offset by lower deposit spreads
Productivity savings and
lower transformation costs
partly offset by business as
usual cost increases
Write-backs from large
facilities in 2H17 not repeated
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
New Zealand key metrics
1
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 All figures in NZ$ unless otherwise indicated.
Net interest margin (%) Loans ($bn) & deposit to loan ratio (%) Expense to income ratio (%)
Core earnings ($m) Cash earnings ($m) Revenue ($m)
110
New Zealand
1,110
1,132
1,098
1,151
1,166
1H162H161H172H171H18
635
653
611
676
698
1H162H161H172H171H18
452
434
463
508
482
1H162H161H172H171H18
42.8
42.3
44.4
41.3
40.1
1H162H161H172H171H18
2.18
2.13
1.96
2.09
2.15
1H162H161H172H171H18
72
75
77
77
79
76.6
76.6
74.2
75.5
77.9
Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
LoansCustomer deposit to loan ratio
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
3.4m
3.1m
2.7m
2.4m
2.2m
1H162H161H172H171H18
Improving the digital customer experience
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Financial transactions refers to customer initiated withdrawals, deposits, transfers and payments across all channels. 2 Source: Finalta Sales Effectiveness Benchmark Study 2017. 3 Digital sales have been
restated to reflect all consumer products including Wealth. 4 OTC is over-the-counter.
Digital sales
3
(% of total sales) OTC
4
transactions Digitally active customers (#’000’s)
Consumer digital experience Declining branch
transactions Business digital experience
111
New Zealand
723
736
758
772
791
1H162H161H172H171H18
Up 4%
18
16
18
26 26
1H162H161H172H171H18
Up 8ppts
Down 19%
•Single online business banking platform, Westpac
One Business, developed. Pilot commenced in
November 2017, with additional functionality to be
rolled-out in 2H18
•Application programming interface (API) platforms
enables business customers to complete customer
initiated secure online payment transactions
•Value Me program launched in 1H18, providing
customers with personalised banking solutions
and recommendations based on individual banking
behaviour
•Launched Wes (our online chat-bot), in October
2017, which responds to customer questions in
real-time. Personalised account query
functionality is being developed
•3.4% of financial transactions
1
for WNZL are
completed via a branch, compared with NZ average
of 4.1% and UK average 7.8%
2
•Transformation supported by our people, customer
education programs, digital ambassadors and
learning tools
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Balance sheet drivers
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
New Zealand deposits (NZ$bn)
New Zealand customer deposits (NZ$bn) and % of total
New Zealand net loans (NZ$bn)
New Zealand customer loans (NZ$bn) and % of total
112
New Zealand
76.5
77.3
0.9
0.9 79.1
Mar-17Sep-17ConsumerBusinessMar-18
28
30
32
17
15
15
12
13
15
57
58
62
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Transaction
Savings
Term deposits
51
25
24
Up 1% Up 5%
46
47
48
2
2
2
29
28
29
77
77
79
Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Business
Personal
Mortgage
60
3
37
Up 1%
Up 2%
56.8
58.4
1.2
2.0 61.6
Mar-17Sep-17ConsumerBusinessMar-18
Up 5% Up 2%
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
4.40
3.90
6.12
6.55
6.50
0.25
0.40
0.40
0.30
0.40
$0
$1
$2
$3
$4
$5
$6
$7
$8
$9
$10
2014/152015/162016/172017/182018/19
Kg Ms
DividendMilk price
14
8
59
5
4
10
Property
Manufacturing
Agriculture,
forestry & fishing
Wholesale trade
Construction
Other
2.6
3.4
2.2
1.5
0.9
1.1
0.8
0.7
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.4
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.0
0.2
0.1
0.1
12.8
9.6
4.4
3.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.9
5.0
4.8
4.0
3.4
15.6
13.2
6.8
4.9
3.3
3.6
3.4
3.7
5.5
5.3
4.4
3.9
Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
Impaired
90+ day past due not impaired
Watchlist & substandard
Stressed exposures lower as dairy portfolio improves
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
1 Large reduction in stressed exposures from Sep 2011 to Sep 2012 due primarily to transfer of WIB assets during 2012. 2 Includes impaired exposures. 3 Source: Fonterra.
113
Business stressed exposures as a % of New Zealand business TCE
Agribusiness portfolio Milk price & Fonterra dividend
3
(NZ$) Summary
New Zealand
Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18
TCE (NZ$bn) 8.6 8.9 8.9
Agriculture as a % of
total TCE
8.0 8.2 8.0
% of portfolio graded
as ‘stressed’
2
16.9 13.5 12.1
% of portfolio in
impaired
0.44 0.41 0.50
Westpac
Economics
forecast
•Dairy portfolio’s risk grade profile is
improving following favourable milk price
movements
•Focus remains on supporting existing dairy
customers with proven long-term financial
viability
•Expect portfolio to continue improving as
high milk price translates to cash flow
although some land-price risks are evident
1
FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE
Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt
R73
G87
B97
R228
G26
B18
R175
G38
B22
R73
G19
B56
R147
G147
B147
R84
G49
B78
R59
G12
B44
R139
G15
B9
R104
G9
B6
R44
G9
B33
R120
G120
B120
R42
G52
B58
Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.
Westpac Red,
used as the HIGHLIGHT colour
LINES AND ARROWS
Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt
Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see
‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide
Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case
•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular
Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold
Note – 10pt Arial Regular
Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides
These are your 5 levels of styles.
To move through the different styles, select the text and press
TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.
If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent
buttons on the Home tab
Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left
All text is black. No grey text
Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.
Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the
angles of the curves on each side.
To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join
multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.
E.g. these:
Become:
TEXT
SHAPES
GRID
To show the grid, right click the slide and
select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”
Subheading in charts is 10pt bold
Text in charts is 10pt
TABLES
Headings 12pt bold all CAPS
Heading divider line 1.5pt red
All other horizontal lines .75pt grey
Total line same as heading
All text 12pt where possible, reduced
where required to a minimum of 8pt
CHART HEADINGS
The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from
the top and right side of the chart background box.
1 line heading box = 0.8cm height
2 line heading box = 1.2cm height
Height must remain consistent, width will vary.
Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can
manually paste a two line heading box over this
area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart
title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’
section.
NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this
can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of
layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can
always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.
Guides
Notes that are specific to a certain
layout will be placed here
R77
G77
B79
Westpac Grey,
not used in charts
Text inside
13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80
8.40
7.00
0.40
0.80
8.20
10.00
Divisional colours
Consumer
R228
G26
B18
WIB
R84
G49
B78
BTFG
R0
G175
B215
New Zealand
R175
G38
B22
Business
R139
G15
B9
Westpac primary colours
R177
G189
B197
R247
G161
B157
R251
G154
B144
R233
G172
B214
R212
G212
B212
R199
G160
B193
60% tint colours
Consumer asset quality in good shape
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Unsecured consumer 90+ day delinquencies (%)
Mortgage loss rates each half (%)
Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies (%)
Mortgage portfolio LVR
1
(%) o
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.